mirror of https://gitlab.com/QEF/q-e.git
7106 lines
210 KiB
Tcl
7106 lines
210 KiB
Tcl
|
||
#
|
||
# Help-file automatically created by helpdoc utility
|
||
#
|
||
# !!! DO NOT EDIT: CHANGES WILL BE LOST !!!
|
||
#
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help calculation -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>calculation</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'scf'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
A string describing the task to be performed. Options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'scf'</b></tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'nscf'</b></tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'bands'</b></tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'relax'</b></tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'md'</b></tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'vc-relax'</b></tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'vc-md'</b></tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
(vc = variable-cell).
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help title -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>title</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> ' '
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
reprinted on output.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help verbosity -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>verbosity</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'low'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Currently two verbosity levels are implemented:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'high'</b></tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'low'</b></tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
<b>'debug'</b> and <b>'medium'</b> have the same effect as <b>'high';</b>
|
||
<b>'default'</b> and <b>'minimal'</b> as <b>'low'</b>
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help restart_mode -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>restart_mode</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'from_scratch'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre> Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'from_scratch'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
From scratch. This is the normal way to perform a PWscf calculation
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'restart'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
From previous interrupted run. Use this switch only if you want to
|
||
continue, using the same number of processors and parallelization,
|
||
an interrupted calculation. Do not use to start a new one, or to
|
||
perform a non-scf calculations. Works only if the calculation was
|
||
cleanly stopped using variable "max_seconds", or by user request
|
||
with an "exit file" (i.e.: create a file "prefix".EXIT, in directory
|
||
"outdir"; see variables "prefix", "outdir"). The default for
|
||
"startingwfc" and "startingpot" is set to 'file'.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help wf_collect -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>wf_collect</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre> OBSOLETE - NO LONGER IMPLEMENTED
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nstep -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nstep</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
1 if "calculation" == 'scf', 'nscf', 'bands';
|
||
50 for the other cases
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
number of molecular-dynamics or structural optimization steps
|
||
performed in this run. If set to 0, the code performs a quick
|
||
"dry run", stopping just after initialization. This is useful
|
||
to check for input correctness and to have the summary printed.
|
||
NOTE: in MD calculations, the code will perform "nstep" steps
|
||
even if restarting from a previously interrupted calculation.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help iprint -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>iprint</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> write only at convergence
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
When "calculation" == 'md' (molecular dynamics)
|
||
trajectory is written every <i>iprint</i> md steps.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help tstress -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>tstress</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .false.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
calculate stress. It is set to .TRUE. automatically if
|
||
"calculation" == 'vc-md' or 'vc-relax'
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help tprnfor -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>tprnfor</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
calculate forces. It is set to .TRUE. automatically if
|
||
"calculation" == 'relax','md','vc-md'
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help dt -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>dt</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 20.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
time step for molecular dynamics, in Rydberg atomic units
|
||
(1 a.u.=4.8378 * 10^-17 s : beware, the CP code uses
|
||
Hartree atomic units, half that much!!!)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help outdir -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>outdir</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
value of the ESPRESSO_TMPDIR environment variable if set;
|
||
current directory ('./') otherwise
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
input, temporary, output files are found in this directory,
|
||
see also "wfcdir"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help wfcdir -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>wfcdir</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> same as "outdir"
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
This directory specifies where to store files generated by
|
||
each processor (*.wfc{N}, *.igk{N}, etc.). Useful for
|
||
machines without a parallel file system: set "wfcdir" to
|
||
a local file system, while "outdir" should be a parallel
|
||
or network file system, visible to all processors. Beware:
|
||
in order to restart from interrupted runs, or to perform
|
||
further calculations using the produced data files, you
|
||
may need to copy files to "outdir". Works only for pw.x.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help prefix -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>prefix</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'pwscf'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
prepended to input/output filenames:
|
||
prefix.wfc, prefix.rho, etc.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help lkpoint_dir -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>lkpoint_dir</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
OBSOLETE - NO LONGER IMPLEMENTED
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help max_seconds -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>max_seconds</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.D+7, or 150 days, i.e. no time limit
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Jobs stops after "max_seconds" CPU time. Use this option
|
||
in conjunction with option "restart_mode" if you need to
|
||
split a job too long to complete into shorter jobs that
|
||
fit into your batch queues.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help etot_conv_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>etot_conv_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.0D-4
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Convergence threshold on total energy (a.u) for ionic
|
||
minimization: the convergence criterion is satisfied
|
||
when the total energy changes less than "etot_conv_thr"
|
||
between two consecutive scf steps. Note that "etot_conv_thr"
|
||
is extensive, like the total energy.
|
||
See also "forc_conv_thr" - both criteria must be satisfied
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help forc_conv_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>forc_conv_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.0D-3
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Convergence threshold on forces (a.u) for ionic minimization:
|
||
the convergence criterion is satisfied when all components of
|
||
all forces are smaller than "forc_conv_thr".
|
||
See also "etot_conv_thr" - both criteria must be satisfied
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help disk_io -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>disk_io</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> see below
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Specifies the amount of disk I/O activity:
|
||
(only for binary files and xml data file in data directory;
|
||
other files printed at each molecular dynamics / structural
|
||
optimization step are not controlled by this option )
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'high'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
save charge to disk at each SCF step,
|
||
keep wavefunctions on disk (in "distributed" format),
|
||
save mixing data as well.
|
||
Do not use this option unless you have a good reason!
|
||
It is no longer needed to specify 'high' in order to be able
|
||
to restart from an interrupted calculation (see "restart_mode")
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'medium'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
save charge to disk at each SCF step,
|
||
keep wavefunctions on disk only if more than one k-point,
|
||
per process is present, otherwise keep them in memory;
|
||
save them to disk only at the end (in "portable" format)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'low'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
save charge to disk at each SCF step,
|
||
keep wavefunctions in memory (for all k-points),
|
||
save them to disk only at the end (in "portable" format).
|
||
Reduces I/O but increases memory wrt the previous cases
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'nowf'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
save to disk only the xml data file and the charge density
|
||
at convergence, never save wavefunctions. Restarting from
|
||
an interrupted calculation is not possible with this option.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'minimal'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
save to disk only the xml data file at convergence
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
do not save anything to disk
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
<b>Default</b> is <b>'low'</b> for the scf case, <b>'medium'</b> otherwise.
|
||
Note that the needed RAM increases as disk I/O decreases
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help pseudo_dir -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>pseudo_dir</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
value of the $ESPRESSO_PSEUDO environment variable if set;
|
||
'$HOME/espresso/pseudo/' otherwise
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
directory containing pseudopotential files
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help tefield -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>tefield</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE. a saw-like potential simulating an electric field
|
||
is added to the bare ionic potential. See variables "edir",
|
||
"eamp", "emaxpos", "eopreg" for the form and size of
|
||
the added potential.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help dipfield -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>dipfield</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE. and "tefield"==.TRUE. a dipole correction is also
|
||
added to the bare ionic potential - implements the recipe
|
||
of L. Bengtsson, "PRB 59, 12301 (1999)". See variables "edir",
|
||
"emaxpos", "eopreg" for the form of the correction. Must
|
||
be used ONLY in a slab geometry, for surface calculations,
|
||
with the discontinuity FALLING IN THE EMPTY SPACE.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help lelfield -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>lelfield</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE. a homogeneous finite electric field described
|
||
through the modern theory of the polarization is applied.
|
||
This is different from "tefield" == .true. !
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nberrycyc -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nberrycyc</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
In the case of a finite electric field ( "lelfield" == .TRUE. )
|
||
it defines the number of iterations for converging the
|
||
wavefunctions in the electric field Hamiltonian, for each
|
||
external iteration on the charge density
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help lorbm -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>lorbm</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If <b>.TRUE.</b> perform orbital magnetization calculation.
|
||
If finite electric field is applied ("lelfield"==.true.) only Kubo terms are computed
|
||
[for details see New J. Phys. 12, 053032 (2010), "doi:10.1088/1367-2630/12/5/053032"].
|
||
|
||
The type of calculation is <b>'nscf'</b> and should be performed on an automatically
|
||
generated uniform grid of k points.
|
||
|
||
Works ONLY with norm-conserving pseudopotentials.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help lberry -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>lberry</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE. perform a Berry phase calculation.
|
||
See the header of PW/src/bp_c_phase.f90 for documentation.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help gdir -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>gdir</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
For Berry phase calculation: direction of the k-point
|
||
strings in reciprocal space. Allowed values: 1, 2, 3
|
||
1=first, 2=second, 3=third reciprocal lattice vector
|
||
For calculations with finite electric fields
|
||
("lelfield"==.true.) "gdir" is the direction of the field.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nppstr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nppstr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
For Berry phase calculation: number of k-points to be
|
||
calculated along each symmetry-reduced string.
|
||
The same for calculation with finite electric fields
|
||
("lelfield"==.true.).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help gate -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>gate</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> zgate, relaxz, block, block_1, block_2, block_height
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
In the case of charged cells ("tot_charge" .ne. 0) setting gate = .TRUE.
|
||
represents the counter charge (i.e. -tot_charge) not by a homogeneous
|
||
background charge but with a charged plate, which is placed at "zgate"
|
||
(see below). Details of the gate potential can be found in
|
||
T. Brumme, M. Calandra, F. Mauri; "PRB 89, 245406 (2014)".
|
||
Note, that in systems which are not symmetric with respect to the plate,
|
||
one needs to enable the dipole correction! ("dipfield"=.true.).
|
||
Currently, symmetry can be used with gate=.true. but carefully check
|
||
that no symmetry is included which maps <i>z</i> to -<i>z</i> even if in principle one
|
||
could still use them for symmetric systems (i.e. no dipole correction).
|
||
For "nosym"=.false. verbosity is set to 'high'.
|
||
Note: this option was called "monopole" in v6.0 and 6.1 of pw.x
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help twochem -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>twochem</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> nelec_cond, nbnd_cond, degauss_cond
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
IF .TRUE. , a two chemical potential calculation for the simulation of
|
||
photoexcited systems is performed, constraining a fraction of the
|
||
electrons in the conduction manifold.
|
||
See G. Marini, M. Calandra; "PRB 104, 144103 (2021)".
|
||
Note: requires "occupations" to be set to 'smearing'.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help lfcp -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>lfcp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE. perform a constant bias potential (constant-mu) calculation
|
||
for a system with ESM method. See the header of PW/src/fcp_module.f90
|
||
for documentation. To perform the calculation, you must set a namelist FCP.
|
||
|
||
NB:
|
||
- The total energy displayed in output includes the potentiostat
|
||
contribution (-mu*N).
|
||
- "calculation" must be 'relax' or 'md'.
|
||
- "assume_isolated" = 'esm' and "esm_bc" = 'bc2' or 'bc3' must be set
|
||
in "SYSTEM" namelist.
|
||
- ESM-RISM is also supported ("assume_isolated" = 'esm' and "esm_bc" = 'bc1'
|
||
and "trism" = .TRUE.).
|
||
- "ignore_wolfe" is always .TRUE., for BFGS.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help trism -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>trism</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE. perform a 3D-RISM-SCF calculation
|
||
[for details see H.Sato et al., JCP 112, 9463 (2000), "doi:10.1063/1.481564"].
|
||
The solvent's distributions are calculated by 3D-RISM,
|
||
though solute is treated as SCF. The charge density and
|
||
the atomic positions are optimized, simultaneously with
|
||
the solvents. To perform the calculation, you must set
|
||
a namelist "RISM" and a card "SOLVENTS".
|
||
|
||
If "assume_isolated" = 'esm' and "esm_bc" = 'bc1',
|
||
Laue-RISM is calculated instead of 3D-RISM
|
||
and coupled with ESM method (i.e. ESM-RISM).
|
||
[for details see S.Nishihara and M.Otani, "PRB 96, 115429 (2017)"].
|
||
|
||
The default of "mixing_beta" is 0.2
|
||
for both 3D-RISM and Laue-RISM.
|
||
|
||
For structural relaxation with BFGS,
|
||
"ignore_wolfe" is always .TRUE. .
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ibrav -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ibrav</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Status: </em> REQUIRED
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Bravais-lattice index. Optional only if space_group is set.
|
||
If ibrav /= 0, specify EITHER [ "celldm"(1)-"celldm"(6) ]
|
||
OR [ "A", "B", "C", "cosAB", "cosAC", "cosBC" ]
|
||
but NOT both. The lattice parameter "alat" is set to
|
||
alat = celldm(1) (in a.u.) or alat = A (in Angstrom);
|
||
see below for the other parameters.
|
||
For ibrav=0 specify the lattice vectors in "CELL_PARAMETERS",
|
||
optionally the lattice parameter alat = celldm(1) (in a.u.)
|
||
or = A (in Angstrom). If not specified, the lattice parameter is
|
||
taken from "CELL_PARAMETERS"
|
||
IMPORTANT NOTICE 1:
|
||
with ibrav=0 lattice vectors must be given with a sufficiently large
|
||
number of digits and with the correct symmetry, or else symmetry
|
||
detection may fail and strange problems may arise in symmetrization.
|
||
IMPORTANT NOTICE 2:
|
||
do not use celldm(1) or A as a.u. to Ang conversion factor,
|
||
use the true lattice parameters or nothing,
|
||
specify units in "CELL_PARAMETERS" and "ATOMIC_POSITIONS"
|
||
|
||
ibrav structure celldm(2)-celldm(6)
|
||
or: b,c,cosbc,cosac,cosab
|
||
0 free
|
||
crystal axis provided in input: see card "CELL_PARAMETERS"
|
||
|
||
1 cubic P (sc)
|
||
v1 = a(1,0,0), v2 = a(0,1,0), v3 = a(0,0,1)
|
||
|
||
2 cubic F (fcc)
|
||
v1 = (a/2)(-1,0,1), v2 = (a/2)(0,1,1), v3 = (a/2)(-1,1,0)
|
||
|
||
3 cubic I (bcc)
|
||
v1 = (a/2)(1,1,1), v2 = (a/2)(-1,1,1), v3 = (a/2)(-1,-1,1)
|
||
-3 cubic I (bcc), more symmetric axis:
|
||
v1 = (a/2)(-1,1,1), v2 = (a/2)(1,-1,1), v3 = (a/2)(1,1,-1)
|
||
|
||
4 Hexagonal and Trigonal P celldm(3)=c/a
|
||
v1 = a(1,0,0), v2 = a(-1/2,sqrt(3)/2,0), v3 = a(0,0,c/a)
|
||
|
||
5 Trigonal R, 3fold axis c celldm(4)=cos(gamma)
|
||
The crystallographic vectors form a three-fold star around
|
||
the z-axis, the primitive cell is a simple rhombohedron:
|
||
v1 = a(tx,-ty,tz), v2 = a(0,2ty,tz), v3 = a(-tx,-ty,tz)
|
||
where c=cos(gamma) is the cosine of the angle gamma between
|
||
any pair of crystallographic vectors, tx, ty, tz are:
|
||
tx=sqrt((1-c)/2), ty=sqrt((1-c)/6), tz=sqrt((1+2c)/3)
|
||
-5 Trigonal R, 3fold axis <111> celldm(4)=cos(gamma)
|
||
The crystallographic vectors form a three-fold star around
|
||
<111>. Defining a' = a/sqrt(3) :
|
||
v1 = a' (u,v,v), v2 = a' (v,u,v), v3 = a' (v,v,u)
|
||
where u and v are defined as
|
||
u = tz - 2*sqrt(2)*ty, v = tz + sqrt(2)*ty
|
||
and tx, ty, tz as for case ibrav=5
|
||
Note: if you prefer x,y,z as axis in the cubic limit,
|
||
set u = tz + 2*sqrt(2)*ty, v = tz - sqrt(2)*ty
|
||
See also the note in Modules/latgen.f90
|
||
|
||
6 Tetragonal P (st) celldm(3)=c/a
|
||
v1 = a(1,0,0), v2 = a(0,1,0), v3 = a(0,0,c/a)
|
||
|
||
7 Tetragonal I (bct) celldm(3)=c/a
|
||
v1=(a/2)(1,-1,c/a), v2=(a/2)(1,1,c/a), v3=(a/2)(-1,-1,c/a)
|
||
|
||
8 Orthorhombic P celldm(2)=b/a
|
||
celldm(3)=c/a
|
||
v1 = (a,0,0), v2 = (0,b,0), v3 = (0,0,c)
|
||
|
||
9 Orthorhombic base-centered(bco) celldm(2)=b/a
|
||
celldm(3)=c/a
|
||
v1 = (a/2, b/2,0), v2 = (-a/2,b/2,0), v3 = (0,0,c)
|
||
-9 as 9, alternate description
|
||
v1 = (a/2,-b/2,0), v2 = (a/2, b/2,0), v3 = (0,0,c)
|
||
91 Orthorhombic one-face base-centered A-type
|
||
celldm(2)=b/a
|
||
celldm(3)=c/a
|
||
v1 = (a, 0, 0), v2 = (0,b/2,-c/2), v3 = (0,b/2,c/2)
|
||
|
||
10 Orthorhombic face-centered celldm(2)=b/a
|
||
celldm(3)=c/a
|
||
v1 = (a/2,0,c/2), v2 = (a/2,b/2,0), v3 = (0,b/2,c/2)
|
||
|
||
11 Orthorhombic body-centered celldm(2)=b/a
|
||
celldm(3)=c/a
|
||
v1=(a/2,b/2,c/2), v2=(-a/2,b/2,c/2), v3=(-a/2,-b/2,c/2)
|
||
|
||
12 Monoclinic P, unique axis c celldm(2)=b/a
|
||
celldm(3)=c/a,
|
||
celldm(4)=cos(ab)
|
||
v1=(a,0,0), v2=(b*cos(gamma),b*sin(gamma),0), v3 = (0,0,c)
|
||
where gamma is the angle between axis a and b.
|
||
-12 Monoclinic P, unique axis b celldm(2)=b/a
|
||
celldm(3)=c/a,
|
||
celldm(5)=cos(ac)
|
||
v1 = (a,0,0), v2 = (0,b,0), v3 = (c*cos(beta),0,c*sin(beta))
|
||
where beta is the angle between axis a and c
|
||
|
||
13 Monoclinic base-centered celldm(2)=b/a
|
||
(unique axis c) celldm(3)=c/a,
|
||
celldm(4)=cos(gamma)
|
||
v1 = ( a/2, 0, -c/2),
|
||
v2 = (b*cos(gamma), b*sin(gamma), 0 ),
|
||
v3 = ( a/2, 0, c/2),
|
||
where gamma=angle between axis a and b projected on xy plane
|
||
|
||
-13 Monoclinic base-centered celldm(2)=b/a
|
||
(unique axis b) celldm(3)=c/a,
|
||
celldm(5)=cos(beta)
|
||
v1 = ( a/2, b/2, 0),
|
||
v2 = ( -a/2, b/2, 0),
|
||
v3 = (c*cos(beta), 0, c*sin(beta)),
|
||
where beta=angle between axis a and c projected on xz plane
|
||
IMPORTANT NOTICE: until QE v.6.4.1, axis for ibrav=-13 had a
|
||
different definition: v1(old) =-v2(now), v2(old) = v1(now)
|
||
|
||
14 Triclinic celldm(2)= b/a,
|
||
celldm(3)= c/a,
|
||
celldm(4)= cos(bc),
|
||
celldm(5)= cos(ac),
|
||
celldm(6)= cos(ab)
|
||
v1 = (a, 0, 0),
|
||
v2 = (b*cos(gamma), b*sin(gamma), 0)
|
||
v3 = (c*cos(beta), c*(cos(alpha)-cos(beta)cos(gamma))/sin(gamma),
|
||
c*sqrt( 1 + 2*cos(alpha)cos(beta)cos(gamma)
|
||
- cos(alpha)^2-cos(beta)^2-cos(gamma)^2 )/sin(gamma) )
|
||
where alpha is the angle between axis b and c
|
||
beta is the angle between axis a and c
|
||
gamma is the angle between axis a and b
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help celldm -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>celldm(i), i=1,6</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> ibrav
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Crystallographic constants - see the "ibrav" variable.
|
||
Specify either these OR "A","B","C","cosAB","cosBC","cosAC" NOT both.
|
||
Only needed values (depending on "ibrav") must be specified
|
||
alat = "celldm"(1) is the lattice parameter "a" (in BOHR)
|
||
If "ibrav"==0, only "celldm"(1) is used if present;
|
||
cell vectors are read from card "CELL_PARAMETERS"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
grouphelp {A B C cosAB cosAC cosBC} -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>A, B, C, cosAB, cosAC, cosBC</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> ibrav
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Traditional crystallographic constants:
|
||
|
||
a,b,c in ANGSTROM
|
||
cosAB = cosine of the angle between axis a and b (gamma)
|
||
cosAC = cosine of the angle between axis a and c (beta)
|
||
cosBC = cosine of the angle between axis b and c (alpha)
|
||
|
||
The axis are chosen according to the value of "ibrav".
|
||
Specify either these OR "celldm" but NOT both.
|
||
Only needed values (depending on "ibrav") must be specified.
|
||
|
||
The lattice parameter alat = A (in ANGSTROM ).
|
||
|
||
If "ibrav" == 0, only A is used if present, and
|
||
cell vectors are read from card "CELL_PARAMETERS".
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nat -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nat</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Status: </em> REQUIRED
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
number of atoms in the unit cell (ALL atoms, except if
|
||
space_group is set, in which case, INEQUIVALENT atoms)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ntyp -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Status: </em> REQUIRED
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
number of types of atoms in the unit cell
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nbnd -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nbnd</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
for an insulator, "nbnd" = number of valence bands
|
||
("nbnd" = # of electrons /2);
|
||
<br> for a metal, 20% more (minimum 4 more)
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Number of electronic states (bands) to be calculated.
|
||
Note that in spin-polarized calculations the number of
|
||
k-point, not the number of bands per k-point, is doubled
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nbnd_cond -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nbnd_cond</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
nbnd_cond = "nbnd" - # of electrons / 2 in the collinear case;
|
||
nbnd_cond = "nbnd" - # of electrons in the noncollinear case.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Number of electronic states in the conduction manifold
|
||
for a two chemical-potential calculation ("twochem"=.true.).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help tot_charge -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>tot_charge</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Total charge of the system. Useful for simulations with charged cells.
|
||
By default the unit cell is assumed to be neutral (tot_charge=0).
|
||
tot_charge=+1 means one electron missing from the system,
|
||
tot_charge=-1 means one additional electron, and so on.
|
||
|
||
In a periodic calculation a compensating jellium background is
|
||
inserted to remove divergences if the cell is not neutral.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help starting_charge -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>starting_charge(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
starting charge on atomic type 'i',
|
||
to create starting potential with "startingpot" = 'atomic'.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help tot_magnetization -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>tot_magnetization</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> -10000 [unspecified]
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Total majority spin charge - minority spin charge.
|
||
Used to impose a specific total electronic magnetization.
|
||
If unspecified then tot_magnetization variable is ignored and
|
||
the amount of electronic magnetization is determined during
|
||
the self-consistent cycle.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help starting_magnetization -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>starting_magnetization(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Starting spin polarization on atomic type 'i' in a spin-polarized
|
||
(LSDA or non-collinear/spin-orbit) calculation.
|
||
The input values can have an absolute value greater than or equal to 1,
|
||
which will be interpreted as the site's magnetic moment.
|
||
Alternatively, the values can range between -1 and 1,
|
||
which will be interpreted as the site magnetization per valence electron.
|
||
For QE-v7.2 and older versions, only the second option is allowed.
|
||
|
||
If you expect a nonzero magnetization in your ground state,
|
||
you MUST either specify a nonzero value for at least one
|
||
atomic type, or constrain the magnetization using variable
|
||
"tot_magnetization" for LSDA, "constrained_magnetization"
|
||
for noncollinear/spin-orbit calculations. If you don't,
|
||
you will get a nonmagnetic (zero magnetization) state.
|
||
In order to perform LSDA calculations for an antiferromagnetic
|
||
state, define two different atomic species corresponding to
|
||
sublattices of the same atomic type.
|
||
|
||
<b>NOTE 1:</b> "starting_magnetization" is ignored in most BUT NOT ALL
|
||
cases in non-scf calculations: it is safe to keep the same
|
||
values for the scf and subsequent non-scf calculation.
|
||
|
||
<b>NOTE 2:</b> If you fix the magnetization with
|
||
"tot_magnetization", do not specify "starting_magnetization".
|
||
|
||
<b>NOTE 3:</b> In the noncollinear/spin-orbit case, starting with zero
|
||
starting_magnetization on all atoms imposes time reversal
|
||
symmetry. The magnetization is never calculated and is
|
||
set to zero (the internal variable domag is set to .FALSE.).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ecutwfc -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ecutwfc</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Status: </em> REQUIRED
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
kinetic energy cutoff (Ry) for wavefunctions
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ecutrho -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ecutrho</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 4 * "ecutwfc"
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Kinetic energy cutoff (Ry) for charge density and potential
|
||
For norm-conserving pseudopotential you should stick to the
|
||
default value, you can reduce it by a little but it will
|
||
introduce noise especially on forces and stress.
|
||
If there are ultrasoft PP, a larger value than the default is
|
||
often desirable (ecutrho = 8 to 12 times "ecutwfc", typically).
|
||
PAW datasets can often be used at 4*"ecutwfc", but it depends
|
||
on the shape of augmentation charge: testing is mandatory.
|
||
The use of gradient-corrected functional, especially in cells
|
||
with vacuum, or for pseudopotential without non-linear core
|
||
correction, usually requires an higher values of ecutrho
|
||
to be accurately converged.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ecutfock -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ecutfock</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> ecutrho
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Kinetic energy cutoff (Ry) for the exact exchange operator in
|
||
EXX type calculations. By default this is the same as "ecutrho"
|
||
but in some EXX calculations, a significant speed-up can be obtained
|
||
by reducing ecutfock, at the expense of some loss in accuracy.
|
||
Must be .gt. "ecutwfc". Not implemented for stress calculation
|
||
and for US-PP and PAW pseudopotentials.
|
||
Use with care, especially in metals where it may give raise
|
||
to instabilities.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
grouphelp {nr1 nr2 nr3} -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>nr1, nr2, nr3</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Three-dimensional FFT mesh (hard grid) for charge
|
||
density (and scf potential). If not specified
|
||
the grid is calculated based on the cutoff for
|
||
charge density (see also "ecutrho")
|
||
Note: you must specify all three dimensions for this setting to
|
||
be used.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
grouphelp {nr1s nr2s nr3s} -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>nr1s, nr2s, nr3s</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Three-dimensional mesh for wavefunction FFT and for the smooth
|
||
part of charge density ( smooth grid ).
|
||
Coincides with "nr1", "nr2", "nr3" if "ecutrho" = 4 * ecutwfc ( default )
|
||
Note: you must specify all three dimensions for this setting to
|
||
be used.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nosym -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nosym</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if (.TRUE.) symmetry is not used. Consequences:
|
||
|
||
- if a list of k points is provided in input, it is used
|
||
"as is": symmetry-inequivalent k-points are not generated,
|
||
and the charge density is not symmetrized;
|
||
|
||
- if a uniform (Monkhorst-Pack) k-point grid is provided in
|
||
input, it is expanded to cover the entire Brillouin Zone,
|
||
irrespective of the crystal symmetry.
|
||
Time reversal symmetry is assumed so k and -k are considered
|
||
as equivalent unless "noinv"=.true. is specified.
|
||
|
||
Do not use this option unless you know exactly what you want
|
||
and what you get. May be useful in the following cases:
|
||
- in low-symmetry large cells, if you cannot afford a k-point
|
||
grid with the correct symmetry
|
||
- in MD simulations
|
||
- in calculations for isolated atoms
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nosym_evc -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nosym_evc</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if (.TRUE.) symmetry is not used, and k points are
|
||
forced to have the symmetry of the Bravais lattice;
|
||
an automatically generated Monkhorst-Pack grid will contain
|
||
all points of the grid over the entire Brillouin Zone,
|
||
plus the points rotated by the symmetries of the Bravais
|
||
lattice which were not in the original grid. The same
|
||
applies if a k-point list is provided in input instead
|
||
of a Monkhorst-Pack grid. Time reversal symmetry is assumed
|
||
so k and -k are equivalent unless "noinv"=.true. is specified.
|
||
This option differs from "nosym" because it forces k-points
|
||
in all cases to have the full symmetry of the Bravais lattice
|
||
(not all uniform grids have such property!)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help noinv -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>noinv</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if (.TRUE.) disable the usage of k => -k symmetry
|
||
(time reversal) in k-point generation
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help no_t_rev -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>no_t_rev</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if (.TRUE.) disable the usage of magnetic symmetry operations
|
||
that consist in a rotation + time reversal.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help force_symmorphic -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>force_symmorphic</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if (.TRUE.) force the symmetry group to be symmorphic by disabling
|
||
symmetry operations having an associated fractionary translation
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help use_all_frac -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>use_all_frac</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if (.FALSE.) force real-space FFT grids to be commensurate with
|
||
fractionary translations of non-symmorphic symmetry operations,
|
||
if present (e.g.: if a fractional translation (0,0,c/4) exists,
|
||
the FFT dimension along the c axis must be multiple of 4).
|
||
if (.TRUE.) do not impose any constraints to FFT grids, even in
|
||
the presence of non-symmorphic symmetry operations.
|
||
BEWARE: use_all_frac=.TRUE. may lead to wrong results for
|
||
hybrid functionals and phonon calculations. Both cases use
|
||
symmetrization in real space that works for non-symmorphic
|
||
operations only if the real-space FFT grids are commensurate.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help occupations -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>occupations</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre> Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'smearing'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
gaussian smearing for metals;
|
||
see variables "smearing" and "degauss"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'tetrahedra'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Tetrahedron method, Bloechl's version:
|
||
P.E. Bloechl, "PRB 49, 16223 (1994)"
|
||
Requires uniform grid of k-points, to be
|
||
automatically generated (see card "K_POINTS").
|
||
Well suited for calculation of DOS,
|
||
less so (because not variational) for
|
||
force/optimization/dynamics calculations.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'tetrahedra_lin'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Original linear tetrahedron method.
|
||
To be used only as a reference;
|
||
the optimized tetrahedron method is more efficient.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'tetrahedra_opt'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Optimized tetrahedron method:
|
||
see M. Kawamura, "PRB 89, 094515 (2014)".
|
||
Can be used for phonon calculations as well.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'fixed'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
for insulators with a gap
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'from_input'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
The occupation are read from input file,
|
||
card "OCCUPATIONS". Option valid only for a
|
||
single k-point, requires "nbnd" to be set
|
||
in input. Occupations should be consistent
|
||
with the value of "tot_charge".
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help one_atom_occupations -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>one_atom_occupations</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
This flag is used for isolated atoms ("nat"=1) together with
|
||
"occupations"='from_input'. If it is .TRUE., the wavefunctions
|
||
are ordered as the atomic starting wavefunctions, independently
|
||
from their eigenvalue. The occupations indicate which atomic
|
||
states are filled.
|
||
|
||
The order of the states is written inside the UPF pseudopotential file.
|
||
In the scalar relativistic case:
|
||
S -> l=0, m=0
|
||
P -> l=1, z, x, y
|
||
D -> l=2, r^2-3z^2, xz, yz, xy, x^2-y^2
|
||
|
||
In the noncollinear magnetic case (with or without spin-orbit),
|
||
each group of states is doubled. For instance:
|
||
P -> l=1, z, x, y for spin up, l=1, z, x, y for spin down.
|
||
Up and down is relative to the direction of the starting
|
||
magnetization.
|
||
|
||
In the case with spin-orbit and time-reversal
|
||
("starting_magnetization"=0.0) the atomic wavefunctions are
|
||
radial functions multiplied by spin-angle functions.
|
||
For instance:
|
||
P -> l=1, j=1/2, m_j=-1/2,1/2. l=1, j=3/2,
|
||
m_j=-3/2, -1/2, 1/2, 3/2.
|
||
|
||
In the magnetic case with spin-orbit the atomic wavefunctions
|
||
can be forced to be spin-angle functions by setting
|
||
"starting_spin_angle" to .TRUE..
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help starting_spin_angle -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>starting_spin_angle</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
In the spin-orbit case when "domag"=.TRUE., by default,
|
||
the starting wavefunctions are initialized as in scalar
|
||
relativistic noncollinear case without spin-orbit.
|
||
|
||
By setting "starting_spin_angle"=.TRUE. this behaviour can
|
||
be changed and the initial wavefunctions are radial
|
||
functions multiplied by spin-angle functions.
|
||
|
||
When "domag"=.FALSE. the initial wavefunctions are always
|
||
radial functions multiplied by spin-angle functions
|
||
independently from this flag.
|
||
|
||
When "lspinorb" is .FALSE. this flag is not used.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help degauss_cond -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>degauss_cond</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.D0 Ry
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
value of the gaussian spreading (Ry) for brillouin-zone
|
||
integration in the conduction manifold in a two-chemical
|
||
potential calculation ("twochem"=.true.).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nelec_cond -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nelec_cond</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Number of electrons placed in the conduction manifold in a two-chemical
|
||
potential calculation ("twochem"=.true.). Of the total # of
|
||
electrons nelec, nelec-nelec_cond will occupy the valence
|
||
manifold and nelec_cond will be constrained in the conduction manifold.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help degauss -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>degauss</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.D0 Ry
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
value of the gaussian spreading (Ry) for brillouin-zone
|
||
integration in metals.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help smearing -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>smearing</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'gaussian'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'gaussian'</b>, <b>'gauss'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
ordinary Gaussian spreading (Default)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'methfessel-paxton'</b>, <b>'m-p'</b>, <b>'mp'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Methfessel-Paxton first-order spreading
|
||
(see "PRB 40, 3616 (1989)").
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'marzari-vanderbilt'</b>, <b>'cold'</b>, <b>'m-v'</b>, <b>'mv'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Marzari-Vanderbilt-DeVita-Payne cold smearing
|
||
(see "PRL 82, 3296 (1999)")
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'fermi-dirac'</b>, <b>'f-d'</b>, <b>'fd'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
smearing with Fermi-Dirac function
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nspin -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nspin</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
nspin = 1 : non-polarized calculation (default)
|
||
|
||
nspin = 2 : spin-polarized calculation, LSDA
|
||
(magnetization along z axis)
|
||
|
||
nspin = 4 : spin-polarized calculation, noncollinear
|
||
(magnetization in generic direction)
|
||
DO NOT specify "nspin" in this case;
|
||
specify "noncolin"=.TRUE. instead
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help sic_gamma -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>sic_gamma</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Strength of the gammaDFT potential.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help pol_type -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>pol_type</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Type of polaron in gammaDFT.
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'e'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> electron polaron
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'h'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> hole polaron
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help sic_energy -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>sic_energy</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .false.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Enable the calculation of the total energy in gammaDFT. When .true.,
|
||
a preliminary calculation is performed to calculate the electron density
|
||
in the absence of the polaron. When .false., the total energy printed in
|
||
output should not be considered. For structural relaxations, it is
|
||
recommended to use .false. to avoid doubling the computational cost.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help sci_vb -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>sci_vb</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Valence band shift (in eV) through self-consistent
|
||
scissor operator. When performing gammaDFT calculations
|
||
of polarons, the polaron level is not shifted.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help sci_cb -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>sci_cb</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Conduction band band shift (in eV) through self-consistent
|
||
scissor operator. When performing gammaDFT calculations
|
||
of polarons, the polaron level is not shifted.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help noncolin -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>noncolin</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .false.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if .true. the program will perform a noncollinear calculation.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ecfixed -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ecfixed</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> q2sigma
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help qcutz -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>qcutz</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> q2sigma
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help q2sigma -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>q2sigma</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
ecfixed, qcutz, q2sigma: parameters for modified functional to be
|
||
used in variable-cell molecular dynamics (or in stress calculation).
|
||
"ecfixed" is the value (in Rydberg) of the constant-cutoff;
|
||
"qcutz" and "q2sigma" are the height and the width (in Rydberg)
|
||
of the energy step for reciprocal vectors whose square modulus
|
||
is greater than "ecfixed". In the kinetic energy, G^2 is
|
||
replaced by G^2 + qcutz * (1 + erf ( (G^2 - ecfixed)/q2sigma) )
|
||
See: M. Bernasconi et al, J. Phys. Chem. Solids 56, 501 (1995),
|
||
"doi:10.1016/0022-3697(94)00228-2"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help input_dft -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>input_dft</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> read from pseudopotential files
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Exchange-correlation functional: eg 'PBE', 'BLYP' etc
|
||
See Modules/funct.f90 for allowed values.
|
||
Overrides the value read from pseudopotential files.
|
||
Use with care and if you know what you are doing!
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ace -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ace</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> true
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Use Adaptively Compressed Exchange operator as in
|
||
Lin Lin, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 2016, 12, 2242--2249, "doi:10.1021/acs.jctc.6b00092"
|
||
|
||
Set to false to use standard Exchange (much slower)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help exx_fraction -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>exx_fraction</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> it depends on the specified functional
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Fraction of EXX for hybrid functional calculations. In the case of
|
||
"input_dft"='PBE0', the default value is 0.25, while for "input_dft"='B3LYP'
|
||
the "exx_fraction" default value is 0.20.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help screening_parameter -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>screening_parameter</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.106
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
screening_parameter for HSE like hybrid functionals.
|
||
For more information, see:
|
||
J. Chem. Phys. 118, 8207 (2003), "doi:10.1063/1.1564060"
|
||
J. Chem. Phys. 124, 219906 (2006), "doi:10.1063/1.2204597"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help exxdiv_treatment -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>exxdiv_treatment</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'gygi-baldereschi'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Specific for EXX. It selects the kind of approach to be used
|
||
for treating the Coulomb potential divergencies at small q vectors.
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'gygi-baldereschi'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
appropriate for cubic and quasi-cubic supercells
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'vcut_spherical'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
appropriate for cubic and quasi-cubic supercells
|
||
(untested for non-orthogonal crystal axis)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'vcut_ws'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
appropriate for strongly anisotropic supercells, see also "ecutvcut"
|
||
(untested for non-orthogonal crystal axis)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
sets Coulomb potential at G,q=0 to 0.0 (required for GAU-PBE)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help x_gamma_extrapolation -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>x_gamma_extrapolation</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .true.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Specific for EXX. If .true., extrapolate the G=0 term of the
|
||
potential (see README in examples/EXX_example for more)
|
||
Set this to .false. for GAU-PBE.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ecutvcut -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ecutvcut</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.0 Ry
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> exxdiv_treatment
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Reciprocal space cutoff for correcting Coulomb potential
|
||
divergencies at small q vectors.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
grouphelp {nqx1 nqx2 nqx3} -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>nqx1, nqx2, nqx3</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Three-dimensional mesh for q (k1-k2) sampling of
|
||
the Fock operator (EXX). Can be smaller than
|
||
the number of k-points.
|
||
|
||
Currently this defaults to the size of the k-point mesh used.
|
||
In QE =< 5.0.2 it defaulted to nqx1=nqx2=nqx3=1.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help localization_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>localization_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Overlap threshold over which the exchange integral over a pair of localized orbitals
|
||
is included in the evaluation of EXX operator. Any value greater than 0.0 triggers
|
||
the SCDM localization and the evaluation on EXX using the localized orbitals.
|
||
Very small value of the threshold should yield the same result as the default EXX
|
||
evaluation
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help Hubbard_occ -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>Hubbard_occ(ityp,i), (ityp,i) = (1,1) ... (ntyp,3)</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> read from pseudopotentials
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Hubbard occupations is the number of electrons in the
|
||
Hubbard manifold. By default they are initialized by
|
||
reading the occupations from pseudopotentials. If specified
|
||
from the input, then the values read from the pseudopotentials
|
||
will be overwritten.
|
||
The second index of the Hubbard_occ array corresponds to the
|
||
Hubbard manifold number. It is possible to specify up to
|
||
three Hubbard manifolds per Hubbard atom. However, if you want
|
||
to specify three manifolds then the second and the third manifolds
|
||
will be considered as one effective manifold (see Doc/Hubbard_input.pdf)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help Hubbard_alpha -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>Hubbard_alpha(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.D0 for all species
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Hubbard_alpha(i) is the perturbation (on atom i, in eV)
|
||
used to compute U (and V) with the linear-response method of
|
||
Cococcioni and de Gironcoli, "PRB 71, 035105 (2005)"
|
||
(only for DFT+U or DFT+U+V).
|
||
|
||
Note: Hubbard U and V can be computed using the HP code
|
||
which is based on density-functional perturbation theory,
|
||
and it gives exactly the same result as the method of
|
||
Cococcioni and de Gironcoli.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help Hubbard_beta -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>Hubbard_beta(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.D0 for all species
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Hubbard_beta(i) is the perturbation (on atom i, in eV)
|
||
used to compute J0 with the linear-response method of
|
||
Cococcioni and de Gironcoli, "PRB 71, 035105 (2005)"
|
||
(only for DFT+U or DFT+U+V). See also
|
||
"PRB 84, 115108 (2011)".
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help dmft -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>dmft</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Status: </em>
|
||
Requires compilation with hdf5 support
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If true, nscf calculation will exit in restart mode, scf calculation
|
||
will restart from there if DMFT updates are provided as hdf5 archive.
|
||
Scf calculation should be used only with "electron_maxstep" = 1.
|
||
"K_POINTS" have to be identical and given explicitly with "nosym".
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help dmft_prefix -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>dmft_prefix</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> "prefix"
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
prepended to hdf5 archive: dmft_prefix.h5
|
||
|
||
DMFT update should be provided in group/dataset as:
|
||
- dft_misc_input/band_window with dimension [1, number of k-points, 2 (real + complex)]
|
||
- dft_update/delta_N with dimension [number of k-points, number of correlated orbitals,
|
||
number of correlated orbitals, 2 (real + complex)]
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ensemble_energies -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ensemble_energies</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .false.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If "ensemble_energies" = .true., an ensemble of xc energies
|
||
is calculated non-selfconsistently for perturbed
|
||
exchange-enhancement factors and LDA vs. PBE correlation
|
||
ratios after each converged electronic ground state
|
||
calculation.
|
||
|
||
Ensemble energies can be analyzed with the 'bee' utility
|
||
included with libbeef.
|
||
|
||
Requires linking against libbeef.
|
||
"input_dft" must be set to a BEEF-type functional
|
||
(e.g. input_dft = 'BEEF-vdW')
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help edir -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>edir</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The direction of the electric field or dipole correction is
|
||
parallel to the bg(:,edir) reciprocal lattice vector, so the
|
||
potential is constant in planes defined by FFT grid points;
|
||
"edir" = 1, 2 or 3. Used only if "tefield" is .TRUE.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help emaxpos -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>emaxpos</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.5D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Position of the maximum of the saw-like potential along crystal
|
||
axis "edir", within the unit cell (see below), 0 < emaxpos < 1
|
||
Used only if "tefield" is .TRUE.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help eopreg -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>eopreg</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.1D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Zone in the unit cell where the saw-like potential decreases.
|
||
( see below, 0 < eopreg < 1 ). Used only if "tefield" is .TRUE.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help eamp -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>eamp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.001 a.u.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Amplitude of the electric field, in ***Hartree*** a.u.;
|
||
1 a.u. = 51.4220632*10^10 V/m. Used only if "tefield"==.TRUE.
|
||
The saw-like potential increases with slope "eamp" in the
|
||
region from ("emaxpos"+"eopreg"-1) to ("emaxpos"), then decreases
|
||
to 0 until ("emaxpos"+"eopreg"), in units of the crystal
|
||
vector "edir". Important: the change of slope of this
|
||
potential must be located in the empty region, or else
|
||
unphysical forces will result.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help angle1 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>angle1(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The angle expressed in degrees between the initial
|
||
magnetization and the z-axis. For noncollinear calculations
|
||
only; index i runs over the atom types.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help angle2 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>angle2(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The angle expressed in degrees between the projection
|
||
of the initial magnetization on x-y plane and the x-axis.
|
||
For noncollinear calculations only.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help lforcet -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>lforcet</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
When starting a non collinear calculation using an existing density
|
||
file from a collinear lsda calculation assumes previous density points in
|
||
<i>z</i> direction and rotates it in the direction described by "angle1" and
|
||
"angle2" variables for atomic type 1
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help constrained_magnetization -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>constrained_magnetization</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'none'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> lambda, fixed_magnetization
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Used to perform constrained calculations in magnetic systems.
|
||
Currently available choices:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
no constraint
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'total'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
total magnetization is constrained by
|
||
adding a penalty functional to the total energy:
|
||
|
||
LAMBDA * SUM_{i} ( magnetization(i) - fixed_magnetization(i) )**2
|
||
|
||
where the sum over i runs over the three components of
|
||
the magnetization. Lambda is a real number (see below).
|
||
Noncolinear case only. Use "tot_magnetization" for LSDA
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'atomic'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
atomic magnetization are constrained to the defined
|
||
starting magnetization adding a penalty:
|
||
|
||
LAMBDA * SUM_{i,itype} ( magnetic_moment(i,itype) - mcons(i,itype) )**2
|
||
|
||
where i runs over the cartesian components (or just z
|
||
in the collinear case) and itype over the types (1-ntype).
|
||
mcons(:,:) array is defined from starting_magnetization,
|
||
(also from angle1, angle2 in the noncollinear case).
|
||
lambda is a real number
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'total direction'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
the angle theta of the total magnetization
|
||
with the z axis (theta = fixed_magnetization(3))
|
||
is constrained:
|
||
|
||
LAMBDA * ( arccos(magnetization(3)/mag_tot) - theta )**2
|
||
|
||
where mag_tot is the modulus of the total magnetization.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'atomic direction'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
not all the components of the atomic
|
||
magnetic moment are constrained but only the cosine
|
||
of angle1, and the penalty functional is:
|
||
|
||
LAMBDA * SUM_{itype} ( mag_mom(3,itype)/mag_mom_tot - cos(angle1(ityp)) )**2
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
N.B.: symmetrization may prevent to reach the desired orientation
|
||
of the magnetization. Try not to start with very highly symmetric
|
||
configurations or use the nosym flag (only as a last remedy)
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fixed_magnetization -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>fixed_magnetization(i), i=1,3</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.d0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> constrained_magnetization
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
total magnetization vector (x,y,z components) to be kept
|
||
fixed when "constrained_magnetization"=='total'
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help lambda -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>lambda</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.d0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> constrained_magnetization
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
parameter used for constrained_magnetization calculations
|
||
N.B.: if the scf calculation does not converge, try to reduce lambda
|
||
to obtain convergence, then restart the run with a larger lambda
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help report -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>report</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> -1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
determines when atomic magnetic moments are printed on output:
|
||
<b>report = 0</b> never
|
||
<b>report =-1</b> at the beginning of the scf and at convergence
|
||
<b>report = N</b> as -1, plus every N scf iterations
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help lspinorb -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>lspinorb</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if .TRUE. the noncollinear code can use a pseudopotential with
|
||
spin-orbit.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help assume_isolated -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>assume_isolated</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'none'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Used to perform calculation assuming the system to be
|
||
isolated (a molecule or a cluster in a 3D supercell).
|
||
|
||
Currently available choices:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
(default): regular periodic calculation w/o any correction.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'makov-payne'</b>, <b>'m-p'</b>, <b>'mp'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
the Makov-Payne correction to the
|
||
total energy is computed. An estimate of the vacuum
|
||
level is also calculated so that eigenvalues can be
|
||
properly aligned. ONLY FOR CUBIC SYSTEMS ("ibrav"=1,2,3).
|
||
Theory: G.Makov, and M.C.Payne,
|
||
"Periodic boundary conditions in ab initio
|
||
calculations" , "PRB 51, 4014 (1995)".
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'martyna-tuckerman'</b>, <b>'m-t'</b>, <b>'mt'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Martyna-Tuckerman correction
|
||
to both total energy and scf potential. Adapted from:
|
||
G.J. Martyna, and M.E. Tuckerman,
|
||
"A reciprocal space based method for treating long
|
||
range interactions in ab-initio and force-field-based
|
||
calculation in clusters", J. Chem. Phys. 110, 2810 (1999),
|
||
"doi:10.1063/1.477923".
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'esm'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Effective Screening Medium Method.
|
||
For polarized or charged slab calculation, embeds
|
||
the simulation cell within an effective semi-
|
||
infinite medium in the perpendicular direction
|
||
(along z). Embedding regions can be vacuum or
|
||
semi-infinite metal electrodes (use "esm_bc" to
|
||
choose boundary conditions). If between two
|
||
electrodes, an optional electric field
|
||
("esm_efield") may be applied. Method described in
|
||
M. Otani and O. Sugino, "First-principles calculations
|
||
of charged surfaces and interfaces: A plane-wave
|
||
nonrepeated slab approach", "PRB 73, 115407 (2006)".
|
||
|
||
NB:
|
||
- Two dimensional (xy plane) average charge density
|
||
and electrostatic potentials are printed out to
|
||
'prefix.esm1'.
|
||
|
||
- Requires cell with a_3 lattice vector along z,
|
||
normal to the xy plane, with the slab centered
|
||
around z=0.
|
||
|
||
- For bc2 with an electric field and bc3 boundary
|
||
conditions, the inversion symmetry along z-direction
|
||
is automatically eliminated.
|
||
|
||
- In case of calculation='vc-relax', use
|
||
"cell_dofree"='2Dxy' or other parameters so that
|
||
c-vector along z-axis should not be moved.
|
||
|
||
See "esm_bc", "esm_efield", "esm_w", "esm_nfit".
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'2D'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Truncation of the Coulomb interaction in the z direction
|
||
for structures periodic in the x-y plane. Total energy,
|
||
forces and stresses are computed in a two-dimensional framework.
|
||
Linear-response calculations () done on top of a self-consistent
|
||
calculation with this flag will automatically be performed in
|
||
the 2D framework as well. Please refer to:
|
||
Sohier, T., Calandra, M., & Mauri, F. (2017), "Density functional
|
||
perturbation theory for gated two-dimensional heterostructures:
|
||
Theoretical developments and application to flexural phonons in graphene",
|
||
"PRB, 96, 075448 (2017)".
|
||
|
||
NB:
|
||
- The length of the unit-cell along the z direction should
|
||
be larger than twice the thickness of the 2D material
|
||
(including electrons). A reasonable estimate for a
|
||
layer's thickness could be the interlayer distance in the
|
||
corresponding layered bulk material. Otherwise,
|
||
the atomic thickness + 10 bohr should be a safe estimate.
|
||
There is also a lower limit of 20 bohr imposed by the cutoff
|
||
radius used to read pseudopotentials (see read_pseudo.f90 in Modules).
|
||
|
||
- As for ESM above, only in-plane stresses make sense and one
|
||
should use "cell_dofree"= '2Dxy' in a <b>vc-relax</b> calculation.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help esm_bc -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>esm_bc</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'pbc'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> assume_isolated
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
If "assume_isolated" = 'esm', determines the boundary
|
||
conditions used for either side of the slab.
|
||
|
||
Currently available choices:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'pbc'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> (default): regular periodic calculation (no ESM).
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'bc1'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> Vacuum-slab-vacuum (open boundary conditions).
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'bc2'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Metal-slab-metal (dual electrode configuration).
|
||
See also "esm_efield".
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'bc3'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> Vacuum-slab-metal
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help esm_w -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>esm_w</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.d0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> assume_isolated
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If "assume_isolated" = 'esm', determines the position offset
|
||
[in a.u.] of the start of the effective screening region,
|
||
measured relative to the cell edge. (ESM region begins at
|
||
z = +/- [L_z/2 + esm_w] ).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help esm_efield -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>esm_efield</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.d0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> assume_isolated
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If "assume_isolated" = 'esm' and "esm_bc" = 'bc2', gives the
|
||
magnitude of the electric field [Ry/a.u.] to be applied
|
||
between semi-infinite ESM electrodes.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help esm_nfit -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>esm_nfit</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 4
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> assume_isolated
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If "assume_isolated" = 'esm', gives the number of z-grid points
|
||
for the polynomial fit along the cell edge.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help lgcscf -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>lgcscf</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE. perform a constant bias potential (constant-mu) calculation
|
||
with Grand-Canonical SCF. (JCP 146, 114104 (2017), R.Sundararaman, et al.)
|
||
|
||
NB:
|
||
- The total energy displayed in output includes the potentiostat
|
||
contribution (-mu*N).
|
||
- "assume_isolated" = 'esm' and "esm_bc" = 'bc2' or 'bc3' must be set
|
||
in "SYSTEM" namelist.
|
||
- ESM-RISM is also supported ("assume_isolated" = 'esm' and "esm_bc" = 'bc1'
|
||
and "trism" = .TRUE.).
|
||
- "mixing_mode" has to be 'TF' or 'local-TF', also its default is 'TF.'
|
||
- The default of "mixing_beta" is 0.1 with ESM-RISM, 0.2 without ESM-RISM.
|
||
- The default of "diago_thr_init" is 1.D-5.
|
||
- "diago_full_acc" is always .TRUE. .
|
||
- "diago_rmm_conv" is always .TRUE. .
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help gcscf_mu -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>gcscf_mu</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Status: </em> REQUIRED
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The target Fermi energy (eV) of GC-SCF. One can start
|
||
with appropriate total charge of the system by giving "tot_charge" .
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help gcscf_conv_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>gcscf_conv_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.D-2
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Convergence threshold of Fermi energy (eV) for GC-SCF.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help gcscf_beta -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>gcscf_beta</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.05D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Mixing factor for GC-SCF.
|
||
Larger values are recommended,
|
||
if systems with small DOS on Fermi surface as graphite.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help vdw_corr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>vdw_corr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'none'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em>
|
||
london_s6, london_rcut, london_c6, london_rvdw,
|
||
dftd3_version, dftd3_threebody, ts_vdw_econv_thr, ts_vdw_isolated, xdm_a1, xdm_a2
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Type of Van der Waals correction. Allowed values:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'grimme-d2'</b>, <b>'Grimme-D2'</b>, <b>'DFT-D'</b>, <b>'dft-d'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Semiempirical Grimme's DFT-D2. Optional variables:
|
||
"london_s6", "london_rcut", "london_c6", "london_rvdw"
|
||
S. Grimme, J. Comp. Chem. 27, 1787 (2006), "doi:10.1002/jcc.20495"
|
||
V. Barone et al., J. Comp. Chem. 30, 934 (2009), "doi:10.1002/jcc.21112"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'grimme-d3'</b>, <b>'Grimme-D3'</b>, <b>'DFT-D3'</b>, <b>'dft-d3'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Semiempirical Grimme's DFT-D3. Optional variables:
|
||
"dftd3_version", "dftd3_threebody"
|
||
S. Grimme et al, J. Chem. Phys 132, 154104 (2010), "doi:10.1063/1.3382344"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'TS'</b>, <b>'ts'</b>, <b>'ts-vdw'</b>, <b>'ts-vdW'</b>, <b>'tkatchenko-scheffler'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Tkatchenko-Scheffler dispersion corrections with first-principle derived
|
||
C6 coefficients.
|
||
Optional variables: "ts_vdw_econv_thr", "ts_vdw_isolated"
|
||
See A. Tkatchenko and M. Scheffler, "PRL 102, 073005 (2009)".
|
||
J. Hermann et al., J. Chem. Phys. 159, 174802 (2023), "doi:10.1063/5.0170972"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'MBD'</b>, <b>'mbd'</b>, <b>'many-body-dispersion'</b>, <b>'mbd_vdw'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Many-body dipersion (MBD) correction to long-range interactions.
|
||
Optional variables: "ts_vdw_isolated"
|
||
A. Ambrosetti, A. M. Reilly, R. A. DiStasio, A. Tkatchenko, J. Chem. Phys. 140
|
||
18A508 (2014).
|
||
J. Hermann et al., J. Chem. Phys. 159, 174802 (2023), "doi:10.1063/5.0170972"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'XDM'</b>, <b>'xdm'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Exchange-hole dipole-moment model. Optional variables: "xdm_a1", "xdm_a2"
|
||
A. D. Becke et al., J. Chem. Phys. 127, 154108 (2007), "doi:10.1063/1.2795701"
|
||
A. Otero de la Roza et al., J. Chem. Phys. 136, 174109 (2012),
|
||
"doi:10.1063/1.4705760"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre> Note that non-local functionals (eg vdw-DF) are NOT specified here but in "input_dft"
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help london -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>london</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Status: </em>
|
||
OBSOLESCENT, same as "vdw_corr"='DFT-D'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help london_s6 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>london_s6</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.75
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
global scaling parameter for DFT-D. Default is good for PBE.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help london_c6 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>london_c6(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> standard Grimme-D2 values
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
atomic C6 coefficient of each atom type
|
||
|
||
( if not specified default values from S. Grimme, J. Comp. Chem. 27, 1787 (2006),
|
||
"doi:10.1002/jcc.20495" are used; see file Modules/mm_dispersion.f90 )
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help london_rvdw -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>london_rvdw(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> standard Grimme-D2 values
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
atomic vdw radii of each atom type
|
||
|
||
( if not specified default values from S. Grimme, J. Comp. Chem. 27, 1787 (2006),
|
||
"doi:10.1002/jcc.20495" are used; see file Modules/mm_dispersion.f90 )
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help london_rcut -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>london_rcut</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 200
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
cutoff radius (a.u.) for dispersion interactions
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help dftd3_version -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>dftd3_version</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>integer</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 3
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Version of Grimme implementation of Grimme-D3:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>dftd3_version = 2</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Original Grimme-D2 parametrization
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>dftd3_version = 3</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Grimme-D3 (zero damping)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>dftd3_version = 4</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Grimme-D3 (BJ damping)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>dftd3_version = 5</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Grimme-D3M (zero damping)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>dftd3_version = 6</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Grimme-D3M (BJ damping)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
NOTE: not all functionals are parametrized.
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help dftd3_threebody -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>dftd3_threebody</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> TRUE
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Turn three-body terms in Grimme-D3 on. If .false. two-body contributions
|
||
only are computed, using two-body parameters of Grimme-D3.
|
||
If dftd3_version=2, three-body contribution is always disabled.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ts_vdw_econv_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ts_vdw_econv_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.D-6
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Optional: controls the convergence of the vdW energy (and forces). The default value
|
||
is a safe choice, likely too safe, but you do not gain much in increasing it
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ts_vdw_isolated -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ts_vdw_isolated</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Optional: set it to .TRUE. when computing the Tkatchenko-Scheffler vdW energy or the
|
||
Many-Body dispersion (MBD) energy for an isolated (non-periodic) system.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help xdm -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>xdm</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Status: </em>
|
||
OBSOLESCENT, same as "vdw_corr"='xdm'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help xdm_a1 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>xdm_a1</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.6836
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Damping function parameter a1 (adimensional). It is NOT necessary to give
|
||
a value if the functional is one of B86bPBE, PW86PBE, PBE, BLYP. For functionals
|
||
in this list, the coefficients are given in:
|
||
"https://github.com/aoterodelaroza/postg/blob/master/xdm.param"
|
||
or "https://erin-r-johnson.github.io/software/"
|
||
A. Otero de la Roza, E. R. Johnson, J. Chem. Phys. 138, 204109 (2013),
|
||
"doi:10.1063/1.4705760"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help xdm_a2 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>xdm_a2</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.5045
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Damping function parameter a2 (angstrom). It is NOT necessary to give
|
||
a value if the functional is one of B86bPBE, PW86PBE, PBE, BLYP. For functionals
|
||
in this list, the coefficients are given in:
|
||
"https://github.com/aoterodelaroza/postg/blob/master/xdm.param"
|
||
or "https://erin-r-johnson.github.io/software/"
|
||
A. Otero de la Roza, E. R. Johnson, J. Chem. Phys. 138, 204109 (2013),
|
||
"doi:10.1063/1.4705760"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help space_group -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>space_group</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The number of the space group of the crystal, as given
|
||
in the International Tables of Crystallography A (ITA).
|
||
This allows to give in input only the inequivalent atomic
|
||
positions. The positions of all the symmetry equivalent atoms
|
||
are calculated by the code. Used only when the atomic positions
|
||
are of type crystal_sg. See also "uniqueb",
|
||
"origin_choice", "rhombohedral"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help uniqueb -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>uniqueb</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Used only for monoclinic lattices. If .TRUE. the b
|
||
unique "ibrav" (-12 or -13) are used, and symmetry
|
||
equivalent positions are chosen assuming that the
|
||
twofold axis or the mirror normal is parallel to the
|
||
b axis. If .FALSE. it is parallel to the c axis.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help origin_choice -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>origin_choice</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Used only for space groups that in the ITA allow
|
||
the use of two different origins. "origin_choice"=1,
|
||
means the first origin, while "origin_choice"=2 is the
|
||
second origin.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rhombohedral -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rhombohedral</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .TRUE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Used only for rhombohedral space groups.
|
||
When .TRUE. the coordinates of the inequivalent atoms are
|
||
given with respect to the rhombohedral axes, when .FALSE.
|
||
the coordinates of the inequivalent atoms are given with
|
||
respect to the hexagonal axes. They are converted internally
|
||
to the rhombohedral axes and "ibrav"=5 is used in both cases.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help zgate -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>zgate</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.5
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
used only if "gate" = .TRUE.
|
||
Specifies the position of the charged plate which represents
|
||
the counter charge in doped systems ("tot_charge" .ne. 0).
|
||
In units of the unit cell length in <i>z</i> direction, "zgate" in ]0,1[
|
||
Details of the gate potential can be found in
|
||
T. Brumme, M. Calandra, F. Mauri; "PRB 89, 245406 (2014)".
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help relaxz -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>relaxz</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
used only if "gate" = .TRUE.
|
||
Allows the relaxation of the system towards the charged plate.
|
||
Use carefully and utilize either a layer of fixed atoms or a
|
||
potential barrier ("block"=.TRUE.) to avoid the atoms moving to
|
||
the position of the plate or the dipole of the dipole
|
||
correction ("dipfield"=.TRUE.).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help block -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>block</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
used only if "gate" = .TRUE.
|
||
Adds a potential barrier to the total potential seen by the
|
||
electrons to mimic a dielectric in field effect configuration
|
||
and/or to avoid electrons spilling into the vacuum region for
|
||
electron doping. Potential barrier is from "block_1" to "block_2" and
|
||
has a height of block_height.
|
||
If "dipfield" = .TRUE. then "eopreg" is used for a smooth increase and
|
||
decrease of the potential barrier.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help block_1 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>block_1</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.45
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
used only if "gate" = .TRUE. and "block" = .TRUE.
|
||
lower beginning of the potential barrier, in units of the
|
||
unit cell size along <i>z,</i> "block_1" in ]0,1[
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help block_2 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>block_2</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.55
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
used only if "gate" = .TRUE. and "block" = .TRUE.
|
||
upper beginning of the potential barrier, in units of the
|
||
unit cell size along <i>z,</i> "block_2" in ]0,1[
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help block_height -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>block_height</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
used only if "gate" = .TRUE. and "block" = .TRUE.
|
||
Height of the potential barrier in Rydberg.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nextffield -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nextffield</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Number of activated external ionic force fields.
|
||
See Doc/ExternalForceFields.tex for further explanation and parameterizations
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help electron_maxstep -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>electron_maxstep</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 100
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
maximum number of iterations in a scf step. If exact exchange is active,
|
||
this will affect the inner loops.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help exx_maxstep -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>exx_maxstep</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 100
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
maximum number of outer iterations in a scf calculation with exact exchange.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help scf_must_converge -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>scf_must_converge</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .TRUE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .false. do not stop molecular dynamics or ionic relaxation
|
||
when electron_maxstep is reached. Use with care.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help conv_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>conv_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.D-6
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Convergence threshold for selfconsistency:
|
||
estimated energy error < conv_thr
|
||
(note that conv_thr is extensive, like the total energy).
|
||
|
||
For non-self-consistent calculations, conv_thr is used
|
||
to set the default value of the threshold (ethr) for
|
||
iterative diagonalization: see "diago_thr_init"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help adaptive_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>adaptive_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE. this turns on the use of an adaptive "conv_thr" for
|
||
the inner scf loops when using EXX.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help conv_thr_init -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>conv_thr_init</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.D-3
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
When "adaptive_thr" = .TRUE. this is the convergence threshold
|
||
used for the first scf cycle.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help conv_thr_multi -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>conv_thr_multi</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.D-1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
When "adaptive_thr" = .TRUE. the convergence threshold for
|
||
each scf cycle is given by:
|
||
max( "conv_thr", "conv_thr_multi" * dexx )
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help mixing_mode -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>mixing_mode</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'plain'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre> Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'plain'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> charge density Broyden mixing
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'TF'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
as above, with simple Thomas-Fermi screening
|
||
(for highly homogeneous systems)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'local-TF'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
as above, with local-density-dependent TF screening
|
||
(for highly inhomogeneous systems)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help mixing_beta -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>mixing_beta</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.7D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
mixing factor for self-consistency
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help mixing_ndim -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>mixing_ndim</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 8
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
number of iterations used in mixing scheme.
|
||
If you are tight with memory, you may reduce it to 4 or so.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help mixing_fixed_ns -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>mixing_fixed_ns</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
For DFT+U : number of iterations with fixed ns ( ns is the
|
||
atomic density appearing in the Hubbard term ).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help diagonalization -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>diagonalization</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'david'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre> Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'david'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Davidson iterative diagonalization with overlap matrix
|
||
(default). Fast, may in some rare cases fail.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'cg'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Conjugate-gradient-like band-by-band diagonalization.
|
||
MUCH slower than 'david' but uses less memory and is
|
||
(a little bit) more robust.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'ppcg'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
PPCG iterative diagonalization (end support Dec 2024)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'paro'</b>, <b>'ParO'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
ParO iterative diagonalization
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'rmm-davidson'</b>, <b>'rmm-paro'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
RMM-DIIS iterative diagonalization.
|
||
To stabilize the SCF loop
|
||
RMM-DIIS is alternated with calls to Davidson or
|
||
ParO solvers depending on the string used.
|
||
Other variables that can be used to tune the behavior of
|
||
RMM-DIIS are: "diago_rmm_ndim" and "diago_rmm_conv"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help diago_thr_init -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>diago_thr_init</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Convergence threshold (ethr) for iterative diagonalization
|
||
(the check is on eigenvalue convergence).
|
||
|
||
For scf calculations: default is 1.D-2 if starting from a
|
||
superposition of atomic orbitals; 1.D-5 if starting from a
|
||
charge density. During self consistency the threshold
|
||
is automatically reduced (but never below 1.D-13) when
|
||
approaching convergence.
|
||
|
||
For non-scf calculations: default is ("conv_thr"/N elec)/10.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help diago_cg_maxiter -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>diago_cg_maxiter</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
For conjugate gradient diagonalization: max number of iterations
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help diago_david_ndim -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>diago_david_ndim</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 2
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
For Davidson diagonalization: dimension of workspace
|
||
(number of wavefunction packets, at least 2 needed).
|
||
A larger value may yield a smaller number of iterations in
|
||
the algorithm but uses more memory and more CPU time in
|
||
subspace diagonalization (cdiaghg/rdiaghg). You may try
|
||
"diago_david_ndim"=4 if you are not tight on memory
|
||
and if the time spent in subspace diagonalization is small
|
||
compared to the time spent in h_psi
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help diago_rmm_ndim -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>diago_rmm_ndim</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 4
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
For RMM-DIIS diagonalization: dimension of workspace
|
||
(number of wavefunction packets, at least 2 needed).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help diago_rmm_conv -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>diago_rmm_conv</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE., RMM-DIIS is performed up to converge.
|
||
If .FALSE., RMM-DIIS is performed only once.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help diago_gs_nblock -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>diago_gs_nblock</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 16
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
For RMM-DIIS diagonalization:
|
||
blocking size of Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help diago_full_acc -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>diago_full_acc</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE. all the empty states are diagonalized at the same level
|
||
of accuracy of the occupied ones. Otherwise the empty states are
|
||
diagonalized using a larger threshold (this should not affect
|
||
total energy, forces, and other ground-state properties).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help efield -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>efield</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Amplitude of the finite electric field (in Ry a.u.;
|
||
1 a.u. = 36.3609*10^10 V/m). Used only if "lelfield"==.TRUE.
|
||
and if k-points ("K_POINTS" card) are not automatic.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help efield_cart -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>efield_cart(i), i=1,3</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> (0.D0, 0.D0, 0.D0)
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Finite electric field (in Ry a.u.=36.3609*10^10 V/m) in
|
||
cartesian axis. Used only if "lelfield"==.TRUE. and if
|
||
k-points ("K_POINTS" card) are automatic.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help efield_phase -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>efield_phase</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'none'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre> Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'read'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
set the zero of the electronic polarization (with "lelfield"==.true..)
|
||
to the result of a previous calculation
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'write'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
write on disk data on electronic polarization to be read in another
|
||
calculation
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
none of the above points
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help startingpot -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>startingpot</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre> Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'atomic'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
starting potential from atomic charge superposition
|
||
(default for scf, *relax, *md)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'file'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
start from existing "charge-density.xml" file in the
|
||
directory specified by variables "prefix" and "outdir"
|
||
For nscf and bands calculation this is the default
|
||
and the only sensible possibility.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help startingwfc -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>startingwfc</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'atomic+random'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre> Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'atomic'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Start from superposition of atomic orbitals.
|
||
If not enough atomic orbitals are available,
|
||
fill with random numbers the remaining wfcs
|
||
The scf typically starts better with this option,
|
||
but in some high-symmetry cases one can "loose"
|
||
valence states, ending up in the wrong ground state.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'atomic+random'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
As above, plus a superimposed "randomization"
|
||
of atomic orbitals. Prevents the "loss" of states
|
||
mentioned above.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'random'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Start from random wfcs. Slower start of scf but safe.
|
||
It may also reduce memory usage in conjunction with
|
||
"diagonalization"='cg'.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'file'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Start from an existing wavefunction file in the
|
||
directory specified by variables "prefix" and "outdir".
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help tqr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>tqr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .true., use a real-space algorithm for augmentation
|
||
charges of ultrasoft pseudopotentials and PAWsets.
|
||
Faster but numerically less accurate than the default
|
||
G-space algorithm. Use with care and after testing!
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help real_space -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>real_space</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .true., exploit real-space localization to compute
|
||
matrix elements for nonlocal projectors. Faster and in
|
||
principle better scaling than the default G-space algorithm,
|
||
but numerically less accurate, may lead to some loss of
|
||
translational invariance. Use with care and after testing!
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ion_positions -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ion_positions</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'default'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre> Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'default'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
if restarting, use atomic positions read from the
|
||
restart file; in all other cases, use atomic
|
||
positions from standard input.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'from_input'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
read atomic positions from standard input, even if restarting.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ion_velocities -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ion_velocities</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'default'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Initial ionic velocities. Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'default'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
start a new simulation from random thermalized
|
||
distribution of velocities if "tempw" is set,
|
||
with zero velocities otherwise; restart from
|
||
atomic velocities read from the restart file
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'from_input'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
start or continue the simulation with atomic
|
||
velocities read from standard input - see card
|
||
"ATOMIC_VELOCITIES"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ion_dynamics -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ion_dynamics</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Specify the type of ionic dynamics.
|
||
|
||
For different type of calculation different possibilities are
|
||
allowed and different default values apply:
|
||
|
||
<b>CASE</b> ( "calculation" == 'relax' )
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'bfgs'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
<b>(default)</b> use BFGS quasi-newton algorithm,
|
||
based on the trust radius procedure,
|
||
for structural relaxation
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'damp'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
use damped (quick-min Verlet)
|
||
dynamics for structural relaxation
|
||
Can be used for constrained
|
||
optimisation: see "CONSTRAINTS" card
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'fire'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
use the FIRE minimization algorithm employing the
|
||
semi-implicit Euler integration scheme
|
||
see:
|
||
Bitzek et al.,"PRL, 97, 170201, (2006)", "doi: 10.1103/PhysRevLett.97.170201"
|
||
Guenole et al.,CMS, 175, 109584, (2020), "doi: 10.1016/j.commatsci.2020.109584"
|
||
|
||
Can be used for constrained
|
||
optimisation: see "CONSTRAINTS" card
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
<b>CASE</b> ( "calculation" == 'md' )
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'verlet'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
<b>(default)</b> use Verlet algorithm to integrate
|
||
Newton's equation. For constrained
|
||
dynamics, see "CONSTRAINTS" card
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'langevin'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
ion dynamics is over-damped Langevin
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'langevin-smc'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
over-damped Langevin with Smart Monte Carlo:
|
||
see R.J. Rossky, JCP, 69, 4628 (1978), "doi:10.1063/1.436415"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
<b>CASE</b> ( "calculation" == 'vc-relax' )
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'bfgs'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
<b>(default)</b> use BFGS quasi-newton algorithm;
|
||
"cell_dynamics" must be 'bfgs' too
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'damp'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
use damped (Beeman) dynamics for
|
||
structural relaxation
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
<b>CASE</b> ( "calculation" == 'vc-md' )
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'beeman'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
<b>(default)</b> use Beeman algorithm to integrate
|
||
Newton's equation
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help pot_extrapolation -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>pot_extrapolation</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'atomic'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Used to extrapolate the potential from preceding ionic steps.
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> no extrapolation
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'atomic'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
extrapolate the potential as if it was a sum of
|
||
atomic-like orbitals
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'first_order'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
extrapolate the potential with first-order
|
||
formula
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'second_order'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
as above, with second order formula
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Note: 'first_order' and 'second-order' extrapolation make sense
|
||
only for molecular dynamics calculations
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help wfc_extrapolation -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>wfc_extrapolation</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'none'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Used to extrapolate the wavefunctions from preceding ionic steps.
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> no extrapolation
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'first_order'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
extrapolate the wave-functions with first-order formula.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'second_order'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
as above, with second order formula.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Note: <b>'first_order'</b> and <b>'second-order'</b> extrapolation make sense
|
||
only for molecular dynamics calculations
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help remove_rigid_rot -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>remove_rigid_rot</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
This keyword is useful when simulating the dynamics and/or the
|
||
thermodynamics of an isolated system. If set to true the total
|
||
torque of the internal forces is set to zero by adding new forces
|
||
that compensate the spurious interaction with the periodic
|
||
images. This allows for the use of smaller supercells.
|
||
|
||
BEWARE: since the potential energy is no longer consistent with
|
||
the forces (it still contains the spurious interaction with the
|
||
repeated images), the total energy is not conserved anymore.
|
||
However the dynamical and thermodynamical properties should be
|
||
in closer agreement with those of an isolated system.
|
||
Also the final energy of a structural relaxation will be higher,
|
||
but the relaxation itself should be faster.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ion_temperature -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ion_temperature</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'not_controlled'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre> Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'rescaling'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
control ionic temperature via velocity rescaling
|
||
(first method) see parameters "tempw", "tolp", and
|
||
"nraise" (for VC-MD only). This rescaling method
|
||
is the only one currently implemented in VC-MD
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'rescale-v'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
control ionic temperature via velocity rescaling
|
||
(second method) see parameters "tempw" and "nraise"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'rescale-T'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
scale temperature of the thermostat every "nraise" steps
|
||
by "delta_t", starting from "tempw".
|
||
The temperature is controlled via velocitiy rescaling.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'reduce-T'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
reduce temperature of the thermostat every "nraise" steps
|
||
by the (negative) value "delta_t", starting from "tempw".
|
||
If "delta_t" is positive, the target temperature is augmented.
|
||
The temperature is controlled via velocitiy rescaling.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'berendsen'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
control ionic temperature using "soft" velocity
|
||
rescaling - see parameters "tempw" and "nraise"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'andersen'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
control ionic temperature using Andersen thermostat
|
||
see parameters "tempw" and "nraise"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'svr'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
control ionic temperature using stochastic-velocity rescaling
|
||
(Donadio, Bussi, Parrinello, J. Chem. Phys. 126, 014101, 2007),
|
||
with parameters "tempw" and "nraise".
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'initial'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
initialize ion velocities to temperature "tempw"
|
||
and leave uncontrolled further on
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'not_controlled'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
(default) ionic temperature is not controlled
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help tempw -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>tempw</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 300.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Starting temperature (Kelvin) in MD runs
|
||
target temperature for most thermostats.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help tolp -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>tolp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 100.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Tolerance for velocity rescaling. Velocities are rescaled if
|
||
the run-averaged and target temperature differ more than tolp.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help delta_t -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>delta_t</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if "ion_temperature" == 'rescale-T' :
|
||
at each step the instantaneous temperature is multiplied
|
||
by delta_t; this is done rescaling all the velocities.
|
||
|
||
if "ion_temperature" == 'reduce-T' :
|
||
every 'nraise' steps the instantaneous temperature is
|
||
reduced by -"delta_t" (i.e. "delta_t" < 0 is added to T)
|
||
|
||
The instantaneous temperature is calculated at the end of
|
||
every ionic move and BEFORE rescaling. This is the temperature
|
||
reported in the main output.
|
||
|
||
For "delta_t" < 0, the actual average rate of heating or cooling
|
||
should be roughly C*delta_t/(nraise*dt) (C=1 for an
|
||
ideal gas, C=0.5 for a harmonic solid, theorem of energy
|
||
equipartition between all quadratic degrees of freedom).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nraise -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nraise</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if "ion_temperature" == 'reduce-T' :
|
||
every "nraise" steps the instantaneous temperature is
|
||
reduced by -"delta_t" (i.e. "delta_t" is added to the temperature)
|
||
|
||
if "ion_temperature" == 'rescale-v' :
|
||
every "nraise" steps the average temperature, computed from
|
||
the last "nraise" steps, is rescaled to "tempw"
|
||
|
||
if "ion_temperature" == 'rescaling' and "calculation" == 'vc-md' :
|
||
every "nraise" steps the instantaneous temperature
|
||
is rescaled to "tempw"
|
||
|
||
if "ion_temperature" == 'berendsen' :
|
||
the "rise time" parameter is given in units of the time step:
|
||
tau = nraise*dt, so dt/tau = 1/nraise
|
||
|
||
if "ion_temperature" == 'andersen' :
|
||
the "collision frequency" parameter is given as nu=1/tau
|
||
defined above, so nu*dt = 1/nraise
|
||
|
||
if "ion_temperature" == 'svr' :
|
||
the "characteristic time" of the thermostat is set to
|
||
tau = nraise*dt
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help refold_pos -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>refold_pos</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
This keyword applies only in the case of molecular dynamics or
|
||
damped dynamics. If true the ions are refolded at each step into
|
||
the supercell.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help upscale -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>upscale</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 100.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Max reduction factor for "conv_thr" during structural optimization
|
||
"conv_thr" is automatically reduced when the relaxation
|
||
approaches convergence so that forces are still accurate,
|
||
but "conv_thr" will not be reduced to less that "conv_thr" / "upscale".
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help bfgs_ndim -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>bfgs_ndim</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Number of old forces and displacements vectors used in the
|
||
PULAY mixing of the residual vectors obtained on the basis
|
||
of the inverse hessian matrix given by the BFGS algorithm.
|
||
When "bfgs_ndim" = 1, the standard quasi-Newton BFGS method is
|
||
used.
|
||
(bfgs only)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help trust_radius_max -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>trust_radius_max</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.8D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Maximum ionic displacement in the structural relaxation.
|
||
(bfgs only)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help trust_radius_min -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>trust_radius_min</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.D-3
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Minimum ionic displacement in the structural relaxation
|
||
BFGS is reset when "trust_radius" < "trust_radius_min".
|
||
(bfgs only)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help trust_radius_ini -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>trust_radius_ini</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.5D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Initial ionic displacement in the structural relaxation.
|
||
(bfgs only)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help w_1 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>w_1</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.01D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>See: </em> w_2
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help w_2 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>w_2</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.5D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Parameters used in line search based on the Wolfe conditions.
|
||
(bfgs only)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fire_alpha_init -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fire_alpha_init</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.2D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Initial value of the alpha mixing factor in the FIRE minimization scheme;
|
||
recommended values are between 0.1 and 0.3
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fire_falpha -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fire_falpha</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.99D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Scaling of the alpha mixing parameter for steps with P > 0;
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fire_nmin -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fire_nmin</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 5
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Minimum number of steps with P > 0 before increase of "dt"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fire_f_inc -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fire_f_inc</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.1D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Factor for increasing "dt"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fire_f_dec -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fire_f_dec</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.5D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Factor for decreasing "dt"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fire_dtmax -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fire_dtmax</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 10.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Determines the maximum value of "dt" in the FIRE minimization;
|
||
dtmax = fire_dtmax*"dt"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help cell_dynamics -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>cell_dynamics</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Specify the type of dynamics for the cell.
|
||
For different type of calculation different possibilities
|
||
are allowed and different default values apply:
|
||
|
||
<b>CASE</b> ( "calculation" == 'vc-relax' )
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> no dynamics
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'sd'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> steepest descent ( not implemented )
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'damp-pr'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
damped (Beeman) dynamics of the Parrinello-Rahman extended lagrangian
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'damp-w'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
damped (Beeman) dynamics of the new Wentzcovitch extended lagrangian
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'bfgs'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
BFGS quasi-newton algorithm <b>(default)</b>
|
||
"ion_dynamics" must be <b>'bfgs'</b> too
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
<b>CASE</b> ( "calculation" == 'vc-md' )
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> no dynamics
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'pr'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
(Beeman) molecular dynamics of the Parrinello-Rahman extended lagrangian
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'w'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
(Beeman) molecular dynamics of the new Wentzcovitch extended lagrangian
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help press -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>press</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Target pressure [KBar] in a variable-cell md or relaxation run.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help wmass -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>wmass</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
0.75*Tot_Mass/pi**2 for Parrinello-Rahman MD;
|
||
0.75*Tot_Mass/pi**2/Omega**(2/3) for Wentzcovitch MD
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Fictitious cell mass [amu] for variable-cell simulations
|
||
(both 'vc-md' and 'vc-relax')
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help cell_factor -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>cell_factor</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 2.0 for variable-cell calculations, 1.0 otherwise
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Used in the construction of the pseudopotential tables.
|
||
It should exceed the maximum linear contraction of the
|
||
cell during a simulation.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help press_conv_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>press_conv_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.5D0 Kbar
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Convergence threshold on the pressure for variable cell
|
||
relaxation ('vc-relax' : note that the other convergence
|
||
thresholds for ionic relaxation apply as well).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help cell_dofree -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>cell_dofree</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'all'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Select which of the cell parameters should be moved:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'all'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> all axis and angles are moved
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'ibrav'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
all axis and angles are moved,
|
||
but the lattice remains consistent
|
||
with the initial ibrav choice. You can use this option in combination
|
||
with any other one by specifying "ibrav+option". Please note that some
|
||
combinations do not make sense for some crystals and will guarantee that
|
||
the relax will never converge. E.g. 'ibrav+2Dxy' is not a problem for
|
||
hexagonal cells, but will never converge for cubic ones.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'a'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> the x component of axis 1 (v1_x) is fixed
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'b'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> the y component of axis 2 (v2_y) is fixed
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'c'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> the z component of axis 3 (v3_z) is fixed
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'fixa'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> axis 1 (v1_x,v1_y,v1_z) is fixed
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'fixb'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> axis 2 (v2_x,v2_y,v2_z) is fixed
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'fixc'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> axis 3 (v3_x,v3_y,v3_z) is fixed
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'x'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> only the x component of axis 1 (v1_x) is moved
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'y'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> only the y component of axis 2 (v2_y) is moved
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'z'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> only the z component of axis 3 (v3_z) is moved
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'xy'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> only v1_x and v2_y are moved
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'xz'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> only v1_x and v3_z are moved
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'yz'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> only v2_y and v3_z are moved
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'xyz'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> only v1_x, v2_y, v3_z are moved
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'shape'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> all axis and angles, keeping the volume fixed
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'volume'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> the volume changes, keeping all angles fixed (i.e. only celldm(1) changes)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'2Dxy'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> only x and y components are allowed to change
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'2Dshape'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> as above, keeping the area in xy plane fixed
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'epitaxial_ab'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> fix axis 1 and 2 while allowing axis 3 to move
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'epitaxial_ac'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> fix axis 1 and 3 while allowing axis 2 to move
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'epitaxial_bc'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;"> fix axis 2 and 3 while allowing axis 1 to move
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
BEWARE: if axis are not orthogonal, some of these options do not
|
||
work (symmetry is broken). If you are not happy with them,
|
||
edit subroutine init_dofree in file Modules/cell_base.f90
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_mu -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_mu</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Status: </em> REQUIRED
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The target Fermi energy (eV). One can start
|
||
with appropriate total charge of the system by giving "tot_charge" .
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_dynamics -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_dynamics</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Specify the type of dynamics for the Fictitious Charge Particle (FCP).
|
||
|
||
For different type of calculation different possibilities
|
||
are allowed and different default values apply:
|
||
|
||
<b>CASE</b> ( "calculation" == 'relax' )
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'bfgs'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
<b>(default)</b> BFGS quasi-newton algorithm, coupling with ions relaxation
|
||
"ion_dynamics" must be <b>'bfgs'</b> too
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'newton'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Newton-Raphson algorithm with DIIS
|
||
"ion_dynamics" must be <b>'damp'</b> too
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'damp'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
damped (quick-min Verlet) dynamics for FCP relaxation
|
||
"ion_dynamics" must be <b>'damp'</b> too
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'lm'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Line-Minimization algorithm for FCP relaxation
|
||
"ion_dynamics" must be <b>'damp'</b> too
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
<b>CASE</b> ( "calculation" == 'md' )
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'velocity-verlet'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
<b>(default)</b> Velocity-Verlet algorithm to integrate Newton's equation.
|
||
"ion_dynamics" must be <b>'verlet'</b> too
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'verlet'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
<b>Verlet</b> algorithm to integrate Newton's equation.
|
||
"ion_dynamics" must be <b>'verlet'</b> too
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_conv_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_conv_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.D-2
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Convergence threshold on force (eV) for FCP relaxation.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_ndiis -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_ndiis</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 4
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Size of DIIS for FCP relaxation,
|
||
used only if "fcp_dynamics" = 'newton'.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_mass -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_mass</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
5.D+6 / (xy area) for ESM only;
|
||
5.D+4 / (xy area) for ESM-RISM
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Mass of the FCP.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_velocity -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_velocity</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> determined by "fcp_temperature"
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Initial velocity of the FCP.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_temperature -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_temperature</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> "ion_temperature"
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre> Available options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'rescaling'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
control FCP's temperature via velocity rescaling
|
||
(first method) see parameters "fpc_tempw" and "fcp_tolp".
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'rescale-v'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
control FCP's temperature via velocity rescaling
|
||
(second method) see parameters "fcp_tempw" and "fcp_nraise"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'rescale-T'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
control FCP's temperature via velocity rescaling
|
||
(third method) see parameter "fcp_delta_t"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'reduce-T'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
reduce FCP's temperature every "fcp_nraise" steps
|
||
by the (negative) value "fcp_delta_t"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'berendsen'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
control FCP's temperature using "soft" velocity
|
||
rescaling - see parameters "fcp_tempw" and "fcp_nraise"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'andersen'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
control FCP's temperature using Andersen thermostat
|
||
see parameters "fcp_tempw" and "fcp_nraise"
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'initial'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
initialize FCP's velocities to temperature "fcp_tempw"
|
||
and leave uncontrolled further on
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'not_controlled'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
<b>(default)</b> FCP's temperature is not controlled
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_tempw -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_tempw</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> "tempw"
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Starting temperature (Kelvin) in FCP dynamics runs
|
||
target temperature for most thermostats.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_tolp -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_tolp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> "tolp"
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Tolerance for velocity rescaling. Velocities are rescaled if
|
||
the run-averaged and target temperature differ more than tolp.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_delta_t -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_delta_t</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> "delta_t"
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if "fcp_temperature" == 'rescale-T' :
|
||
at each step the instantaneous temperature is multiplied
|
||
by fcp_delta_t; this is done rescaling all the velocities.
|
||
|
||
if "fcp_temperature" == 'reduce-T' :
|
||
every "fcp_nraise" steps the instantaneous temperature is
|
||
reduced by -"fcp_delta_t" (i.e. "fcp_delta_t" < 0 is added to T)
|
||
|
||
The instantaneous temperature is calculated at the end of
|
||
FCP's move and BEFORE rescaling. This is the temperature
|
||
reported in the main output.
|
||
|
||
For "fcp_delta_t" < 0, the actual average rate of heating or cooling
|
||
should be roughly C*fcp_delta_t/(fcp_nraise*dt) (C=1 for an
|
||
ideal gas, C=0.5 for a harmonic solid, theorem of energy
|
||
equipartition between all quadratic degrees of freedom).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help fcp_nraise -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>fcp_nraise</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> "nraise"
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
if "fcp_temperature" == 'reduce-T' :
|
||
every "fcp_nraise" steps the instantaneous temperature is
|
||
reduced by -"fcp_delta_t" (i.e. "fcp_delta_t" is added to the temperature)
|
||
|
||
if "fcp_temperature" == 'rescale-v' :
|
||
every "fcp_nraise" steps the average temperature, computed from
|
||
the last "fcp_nraise" steps, is rescaled to "fcp_tempw"
|
||
|
||
if "fcp_temperature" == 'berendsen' :
|
||
the "rise time" parameter is given in units of the time step:
|
||
tau = fcp_nraise*dt, so dt/tau = 1/fcp_nraise
|
||
|
||
if "fcp_temperature" == 'andersen' :
|
||
the "collision frequency" parameter is given as nu=1/tau
|
||
defined above, so nu*dt = 1/fcp_nraise
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help freeze_all_atoms -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>freeze_all_atoms</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE., freeze all atoms
|
||
to perform relaxation or dynamics only with FCP.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nsolv -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nsolv</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Status: </em> REQUIRED
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The number of solvents (i.e. molecular species) in the unit cell
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help closure -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>closure</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'kh'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Specify the type of closure equation:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'kh'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
The Kovalenko and Hirata's model.
|
||
[A.Kovalenko, F.Hirata, JCP 110, 10095 (1999), "doi:10.1063/1.478883"]
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'hnc'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
The HyperNetted-Chain model, which is
|
||
suitable only for solvents without charge.
|
||
[J.P.Hansen et al., Theory of simple liquids. Academic Press, London, 1990]
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help tempv -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>tempv</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 300.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Temperature (Kelvin) of solvents.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ecutsolv -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>ecutsolv</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 4 * "ecutwfc"
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Kinetic energy cutoff (Ry) for solvent's correlation functions.
|
||
If a solute is an isolated system or slab, you may allowed to
|
||
use default value. For a frameworked or porous solute (e.g. Zeolite, MOF),
|
||
it is desirable to apply a larger value. Solvents confined in a framework
|
||
often have a high frequency.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help solute_lj -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>solute_lj(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'uff'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Specify the Lennard-Jones potential of solute on atomic type 'i':
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
The Lennard-Jones potential is not specified here.
|
||
you must set "solute_epsilon" and "solute_sigma".
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'uff'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Universal Force Field.
|
||
[A.K.Rappe et al., JACS 144, 10024 (1992), "doi:10.1021/ja00051a040"]
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'clayff'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Clay's Force Field
|
||
[R.T.Cygan et al., JPC B 108, 1255 (2004), "doi:10.1021/jp0363287"]
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'opls-aa'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
OPLS-AA (generic parameters for QM/MM)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help solute_epsilon -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>solute_epsilon(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The Lennard-Jones potential of solute on atomic type 'i'.
|
||
Here, you can set the parameter 'epsilon' (kcal/mol).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help solute_sigma -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>solute_sigma(i), i=1,ntyp</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The Lennard-Jones potential of solute on atomic type 'i'.
|
||
Here, you can set the parameter 'sigma' (Angstrom).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help starting1d -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>starting1d</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'zero'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Starting correlation functions of 1D-RISM from zero.
|
||
( default for scf, *relax, *md )
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'file'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Start from existing "1d-rism_csvv_r.xml" file in the
|
||
directory specified by variables "prefix" and "outdir".
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'fix'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Read from existing "1d-rism_csvv_r.xml" file in the
|
||
directory specified by variables "prefix" and "outdir",
|
||
and never calculate 1D-RISM.
|
||
For nscf and bands calculation this is the default.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help starting3d -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>starting3d</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'zero'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Starting correlation functions of 3D-RISM from zero.
|
||
( default for scf, *relax, *md )
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'file'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Start from existing "3d-rism_csuv_r.dat" file in the
|
||
directory specified by variables "prefix" and "outdir".
|
||
For nscf and bands calculation this is the default.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help smear1d -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>smear1d</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 2.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Coulomb smearing radius (a.u.) for 1D-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help smear3d -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>smear3d</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 2.D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Coulomb smearing radius (a.u.) for 3D-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rism1d_maxstep -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rism1d_maxstep</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 50000
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Maximum number of iterations in a 1D-RISM step.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rism3d_maxstep -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rism3d_maxstep</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 5000
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Maximum number of iterations in a 3D-RISM step.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rism1d_conv_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rism1d_conv_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1.D-8
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Convergence threshold for 1D-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rism3d_conv_thr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rism3d_conv_thr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
1.D-5 if "lgcscf" == .FALSE.;
|
||
5.D-6 if "lgcscf" == .TRUE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Convergence threshold for 3D-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help mdiis1d_size -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>mdiis1d_size</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 20
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Size of Modified DIIS (MDIIS) for 1D-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help mdiis3d_size -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>mdiis3d_size</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 10
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Size of Modified DIIS (MDIIS) for 3D-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help mdiis1d_step -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>mdiis1d_step</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.5D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Step of Modified DIIS (MDIIS) for 1D-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help mdiis3d_step -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>mdiis3d_step</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.8D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Step of Modified DIIS (MDIIS) for 3D-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rism1d_bond_width -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rism1d_bond_width</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Gaussian width of bonds to smear intra-molecular correlation for 1D-RISM.
|
||
If 3D-RISM calculation, default is 0.
|
||
If Laue-RISM calculation, default is 2 / SQRT("ecutwfc").
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rism1d_dielectric -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rism1d_dielectric</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> -1.0D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Dielectric constant for 1D-RISM.
|
||
If "rism1d_dielectric" > 0, dielectrically consistent RISM (DRISM) is performed.
|
||
|
||
For details of DRISM, see:
|
||
J.S.Perkyns and B.M.Pettitt, CPL 1992, 190, 626, "doi:10.1016/0009-2614(92)85201-K"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rism1d_molesize -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rism1d_molesize</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 2.0D0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Size of solvent molecules (a.u.) for 1D-RISM.
|
||
This is used only if "rism1d_dielectric" > 0.
|
||
If you have large molecules, you have to set ~ 20 a.u. .
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rism1d_nproc -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rism1d_nproc</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 128
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Number of processes to calculate 1D-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rism3d_conv_level -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rism3d_conv_level</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
0.1 if "laue_both_hands" == .FALSE. .AND. "lgcscf" == .FALSE.;
|
||
0.3 if "laue_both_hands" == .FALSE. .AND. "lgcscf" == .TRUE.;
|
||
0.5 if "laue_both_hands" == .TRUE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Convergence level of 3D-RISM.
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>0.0</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Convergence level is 'low'.
|
||
Convergence threshold of 3D-RISM is greater than
|
||
"rism3d_conv_thr", when estimated energy error >> "conv_thr" .
|
||
The threshold becomes "rism3d_conv_thr", when
|
||
estimated energy error is enough small.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>0.0<x<1.0</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Convergence level is 'medium'.
|
||
Convergence threshold of 3D-RISM is intermediate value
|
||
between 'low' and 'high', where "rism3d_conv_level" is mixing rate.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>1.0</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Convergence level is 'high'.
|
||
Convergence threshold of 3D-RISM is always "rism3d_conv_thr" .
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help rism3d_planar_average -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>rism3d_planar_average</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE., planar averages of solvent densities and potentials
|
||
are calculated and written to 'prefix.rism1'.
|
||
For 3D-RISM, default is .FALSE.
|
||
For Laue-RISM, default is .TRUE.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_nfit -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_nfit</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 4
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The number of z-grid points for the polynomial fit along the cell edge.
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_expand_right -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_expand_right</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> -1.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If positive value, set the ending position offset [in a.u.]
|
||
of the solvent region on right-hand side of the unit cell,
|
||
measured relative to the unit cell edge.
|
||
(the solvent region ends at z = + [L_z/2 + "laue_expand_right"].)
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_expand_left -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_expand_left</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> -1.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If positive value, set the ending position offset [in a.u.]
|
||
of the solvent region on left-hand side of the unit cell,
|
||
measured relative to the unit cell edge.
|
||
(the solvent region ends at z = - [L_z/2 + "laue_expand_left"].)
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_starting_right -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_starting_right</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Set the starting position [in a.u.] of the solvent region
|
||
on right-hand side of the unit cell. Then the solvent region is
|
||
defined as [ "laue_starting_right" , L_z/2 + "laue_expand_right" ],
|
||
where distribution functions are finite.
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_starting_left -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_starting_left</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Set the starting position [in a.u.] of the solvent region
|
||
on left-hand side of the unit cell. Then the solvent region is
|
||
defined as [ -L_z/2 - "laue_expand_left" , "laue_starting_left" ],
|
||
where distribution functions are finite.
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_buffer_right -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_buffer_right</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
8.0 if "laue_expand_right" > 0.0;
|
||
-1.0 if "laue_expand_right" <= 0.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If positive value, set the buffering length [in a.u.]
|
||
of the solvent region on right-hand side of the unit cell.
|
||
Then correlation functions are defined inside of
|
||
[ "laue_starting_right" - "laue_buffer_right" , L_z/2 + "laue_expand_right" ].
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_buffer_left -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_buffer_left</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em>
|
||
8.0 if "laue_expand_left" > 0.0;
|
||
-1.0 if "laue_expand_left" <= 0.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If positive value, set the buffering length [in a.u.]
|
||
of the solvent region on left-hand side of the unit cell.
|
||
Then correlation functions are defined inside of
|
||
[ -L_z/2 - "laue_expand_left" , "laue_starting_left" + "laue_buffer_left" ].
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_both_hands -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_both_hands</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE., you can set different densities
|
||
to the solvent regions of right-hand side and left-hand side.
|
||
See "SOLVENTS" card.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_wall -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_wall</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 'auto'
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Set the repulsive wall with (1/r)^12 term of Lennard-Jones potential.
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM.
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'none'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
The repulsive wall is not defined.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'auto'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
The repulsive wall is defined, whose edge position is set automatically.
|
||
One does not have to set "laue_wall_z" (the edge position).
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>'manual'</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
The repulsive wall is defined, whose edge position is set manually.
|
||
One have to set "laue_wall_z" (the edge position).
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_wall_z -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_wall_z</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Set the edge position [in a.u.] of the repulsive wall.
|
||
If "laue_expand_right" > 0.0, the repulsive wall is defined on [ -inf , "laue_wall_z" ].
|
||
If "laue_expand_left" > 0.0, the repulsive wall is defined on [ "laue_wall_z" , inf ].
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM and "laue_wall" == 'manual' .
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_wall_rho -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_wall_rho</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.01
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The density (1/bohr^3) of the repulsive wall.
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM and "laue_wall" /= 'none' .
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_wall_epsilon -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_wall_epsilon</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 0.1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The Lennard-Jones potential of the repulsive wall.
|
||
Here, you can set the parameter 'epsilon' (kcal/mol).
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM and "laue_wall" /= 'none' .
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_wall_sigma -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_wall_sigma</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 4.0
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The Lennard-Jones potential of the repulsive wall.
|
||
Here, you can set the parameter 'sigma' (Angstrom).
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM and "laue_wall" /= 'none' .
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help laue_wall_lj6 -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>laue_wall_lj6</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>LOGICAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> .FALSE.
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
If .TRUE., the attractive term -(1/r)^6 of Lennard-Jones potential is added.
|
||
This is only for Laue-RISM and "laue_wall" /= 'none' .
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help atomic_species -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>X</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
label of the atom. Acceptable syntax:
|
||
chemical symbol X (1 or 2 characters, case-insensitive)
|
||
or chemical symbol plus a number or a letter, as in
|
||
"Xn" (e.g. Fe1) or "X_*" or "X-*" (e.g. C1, C_h;
|
||
max total length cannot exceed 3 characters)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul><ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>Mass_X</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
mass of the atomic species [amu: mass of C = 12]
|
||
Used only when performing Molecular Dynamics run
|
||
or structural optimization runs using Damped MD.
|
||
Not actually used in all other cases (but stored
|
||
in data files, so phonon calculations will use
|
||
these values unless other values are provided)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul><ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>PseudoPot_X</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
File containing PP for this species.
|
||
|
||
The pseudopotential file is assumed to be in the new UPF format.
|
||
If it doesn't work, the pseudopotential format is determined by
|
||
the file name:
|
||
|
||
*.vdb or *.van Vanderbilt US pseudopotential code
|
||
*.RRKJ3 Andrea Dal Corso's code (old format)
|
||
none of the above old PWscf norm-conserving format
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ATOMIC_POSITIONS_flags -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<h2>Description of ATOMIC_POSITIONS card's flags</h2><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li><blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Units for ATOMIC_POSITIONS:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>alat</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
atomic positions are in cartesian coordinates, in
|
||
units of the lattice parameter (either celldm(1)
|
||
or A). If no option is specified, 'alat' is assumed;
|
||
not specifying units is DEPRECATED and will no
|
||
longer be allowed in the future
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>bohr</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
atomic positions are in cartesian coordinate,
|
||
in atomic units (i.e. Bohr radii)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>angstrom</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
atomic positions are in cartesian coordinates, in Angstrom
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>crystal</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
atomic positions are in crystal coordinates, i.e.
|
||
in relative coordinates of the primitive lattice
|
||
vectors as defined either in card "CELL_PARAMETERS"
|
||
or via the ibrav + celldm / a,b,c... variables
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>crystal_sg</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
atomic positions are in crystal coordinates, i.e.
|
||
in relative coordinates of the primitive lattice.
|
||
This option differs from the previous one because
|
||
in this case only the symmetry inequivalent atoms
|
||
are given. The variable "space_group" must indicate
|
||
the space group number used to find the symmetry
|
||
equivalent atoms. The other variables that control
|
||
this option are uniqueb, origin_choice, and
|
||
rhombohedral.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help atomic_coordinates -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>X</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre> label of the atom as specified in "ATOMIC_SPECIES"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul><ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>x, y, z</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
atomic positions
|
||
|
||
NOTE: each atomic coordinate can also be specified as a simple algebraic expression.
|
||
To be interpreted correctly expression must NOT contain any blank
|
||
space and must NOT start with a "+" sign. The available expressions are:
|
||
|
||
+ (plus), - (minus), / (division), * (multiplication), ^ (power)
|
||
|
||
All numerical constants included are considered as double-precision numbers;
|
||
i.e. 1/2 is 0.5, not zero. Other functions, such as sin, sqrt or exp are
|
||
not available, although sqrt can be replaced with ^(1/2).
|
||
|
||
Example:
|
||
C 1/3 1/2*3^(-1/2) 0
|
||
|
||
is equivalent to
|
||
|
||
C 0.333333 0.288675 0.000000
|
||
|
||
Please note that this feature is NOT supported by XCrysDen (which will
|
||
display a wrong structure, or nothing at all).
|
||
|
||
When atomic positions are of type crystal_sg coordinates can be given
|
||
in the following four forms (Wyckoff positions):
|
||
C 1a
|
||
C 8g x
|
||
C 24m x y
|
||
C 48n x y z
|
||
The first form must be used when the Wyckoff letter determines uniquely
|
||
all three coordinates, forms 2,3,4 when the Wyckoff letter and 1,2,3
|
||
coordinates respectively are needed.
|
||
|
||
The forms:
|
||
C 8g x x x
|
||
C 24m x x y
|
||
are not allowed, but
|
||
C x x x
|
||
C x x y
|
||
C x y z
|
||
are correct.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul><ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>if_pos(1), if_pos(2), if_pos(3)</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Default: </em> 1
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
component i of the force for this atom is multiplied by if_pos(i),
|
||
which must be either 0 or 1. Used to keep selected atoms and/or
|
||
selected components fixed in MD dynamics or
|
||
structural optimization run.
|
||
|
||
With crystal_sg atomic coordinates the constraints are copied in all equivalent
|
||
atoms.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help K_POINTS_flags -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<h2>Description of K_POINTS card's flags</h2><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li><blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
K_POINTS options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>tpiba</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
read k-points in cartesian coordinates,
|
||
in units of 2 pi/a (default)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>automatic</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
automatically generated uniform grid of k-points, i.e,
|
||
generates ( nk1, nk2, nk3 ) grid with ( sk1, sk2, sk3 ) offset.
|
||
nk1, nk2, nk3 as in Monkhorst-Pack grids
|
||
k1, k2, k3 must be 0 ( no offset ) or 1 ( grid displaced
|
||
by half a grid step in the corresponding direction )
|
||
BEWARE: only grids having the full symmetry of the crystal
|
||
work with tetrahedra. Some grids with offset may not work.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>crystal</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
read k-points in crystal coordinates, i.e. in relative
|
||
coordinates of the reciprocal lattice vectors
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>gamma</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
use k = 0 (no need to list k-point specifications after card)
|
||
In this case wavefunctions can be chosen as real,
|
||
and specialized subroutines optimized for calculations
|
||
at the gamma point are used (memory and cpu requirements
|
||
are reduced by approximately one half).
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>tpiba_b</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Used for band-structure plots.
|
||
See Doc/brillouin_zones.pdf for usage of BZ labels;
|
||
otherwise, k-points are in units of 2 pi/a.
|
||
nks points specify nks-1 lines in reciprocal space.
|
||
Every couple of points identifies the initial and
|
||
final point of a line. pw.x generates N intermediate
|
||
points of the line where N is the weight of the first point.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>crystal_b</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
As tpiba_b, but k-points are in crystal coordinates.
|
||
See Doc/brillouin_zones.pdf for usage of BZ labels.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>tpiba_c</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Used for band-structure contour plots.
|
||
k-points are in units of 2 <i>pi/a.</i> nks must be 3.
|
||
3 k-points k_0, k_1, and k_2 specify a rectangle
|
||
in reciprocal space of vertices k_0, k_1, k_2,
|
||
k_1 + k_2 - k_0: k_0 + \alpha (k_1-k_0)+
|
||
\beta (k_2-k_0) with 0 <\alpha,\beta < 1.
|
||
The code produces a uniform mesh n1 x n2
|
||
k points in this rectangle. n1 and n2 are
|
||
the weights of k_1 and k_2. The weight of k_0
|
||
is not used.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>crystal_c</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
As tpiba_c, but k-points are in crystal coordinates.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nks -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nks</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre> Number of supplied special k-points.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help kpoints -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>xk_x, xk_y, xk_z, wk</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Special k-points (xk_x/y/z) in the irreducible Brillouin Zone
|
||
(IBZ) of the lattice (with all symmetries) and weights (wk)
|
||
See the literature for lists of special points and
|
||
the corresponding weights.
|
||
|
||
If the symmetry is lower than the full symmetry
|
||
of the lattice, additional points with appropriate
|
||
weights are generated. Notice that such procedure
|
||
assumes that ONLY k-points in the IBZ are provided in input
|
||
|
||
In a non-scf calculation, weights do not affect the results.
|
||
If you just need eigenvalues and eigenvectors (for instance,
|
||
for a band-structure plot), weights can be set to any value
|
||
(for instance all equal to 1).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>k_x, k_y, k_z, wk_</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
for the respective explanation, see the "xk_x", "xk_y", "xk_z", "wk"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
grouphelp {nk1 nk2 nk3} -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>nk1, nk2, nk3</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
These parameters specify the k-point grid
|
||
(nk1 x nk2 x nk3) as in Monkhorst-Pack grids.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
grouphelp {sk1 sk2 sk3} -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>sk1, sk2, sk3</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
The grid offsets; sk1, sk2, sk3 must be
|
||
0 ( no offset ) or 1 ( grid displaced by
|
||
half a grid step in the corresponding direction ).
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help ADDITIONAL_K_POINTS_flags -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<h2>Description of ADDITIONAL_K_POINTS card's flags</h2><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li><blockquote><pre>
|
||
for the explanation of the K_POINTS' options, see "K_POINTS"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nks_add -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nks_add</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre> Number of supplied "additional" k-points.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help CELL_PARAMETERS_flags -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<h2>Description of CELL_PARAMETERS card's flags</h2><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li><blockquote><pre>
|
||
Unit for lattice vectors; options are:
|
||
|
||
<b>'bohr'</b> / <b>'angstrom':</b>
|
||
lattice vectors in bohr-radii / angstrom.
|
||
In this case the lattice parameter alat = sqrt(v1*v1).
|
||
|
||
<b>'alat'</b> / nothing specified:
|
||
lattice vectors in units of the lattice parameter (either
|
||
"celldm"(1) or "A"). Not specifying units is DEPRECATED
|
||
and will not be allowed in the future.
|
||
|
||
If neither unit nor lattice parameter are specified,
|
||
'bohr' is assumed - DEPRECATED, will no longer be allowed
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help lattice -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>v1, v2, v3</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Crystal lattice vectors (in cartesian axis):
|
||
v1(1) v1(2) v1(3) ... 1st lattice vector
|
||
v2(1) v2(2) v2(3) ... 2nd lattice vector
|
||
v3(1) v3(2) v3(3) ... 3rd lattice vector
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help nconstr -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>nconstr</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>INTEGER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre> Number of constraints.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help constr_tol -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>constr_tol</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre> Tolerance for keeping the constraints satisfied.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help constraints_table -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>constr(1), constr(2), constr(3), constr(4)</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
These variables have different meanings for different constraint types:
|
||
|
||
<b>'type_coord'</b> :
|
||
<i>constr(1)</i> is the first index of the atomic type involved
|
||
<i>constr(2)</i> is the second index of the atomic type involved
|
||
<i>constr(3)</i> is the cut-off radius for estimating the coordination
|
||
<i>constr(4)</i> is a smoothing parameter
|
||
|
||
<b>'atom_coord'</b> :
|
||
<i>constr(1)</i> is the atom index of the atom with constrained coordination
|
||
<i>constr(2)</i> is the index of the atomic type involved in the coordination
|
||
<i>constr(3)</i> is the cut-off radius for estimating the coordination
|
||
<i>constr(4)</i> is a smoothing parameter
|
||
|
||
<b>'distance'</b> :
|
||
atoms indices object of the constraint, as they appear in
|
||
the "ATOMIC_POSITIONS" card
|
||
|
||
<b>'planar_angle',</b> <b>'torsional_angle'</b> :
|
||
atoms indices object of the constraint, as they appear in the
|
||
"ATOMIC_POSITIONS" card (beware the order)
|
||
|
||
<b>'bennett_proj'</b> :
|
||
<i>constr(1)</i> is the index of the atom whose position is constrained.
|
||
<i>constr(2:4)</i> are the three coordinates of the vector that specifies
|
||
the constraint direction.
|
||
<b>'potential_wall'</b> :
|
||
Formula is: External force = prefac * exponent * Exp(-exponent). Force is only applied
|
||
on atoms within the cutoff.
|
||
<i>constr(1)</i> is the prefactor
|
||
<i>constr(2)</i> is the value in the exponent
|
||
<i>constr(3)</i> is the cutoff (in a.u.)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul><ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>constr_target</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Target for the constrain ( angles are specified in degrees ).
|
||
This variable is optional.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help occupations_table -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>f_inp1</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Occupations of individual states (MAX 10 PER ROW).
|
||
For spin-polarized calculations, these are majority spin states.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul><ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>f_inp2</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
Occupations of minority spin states (MAX 10 PER ROW)
|
||
To be specified only for spin-polarized calculations.
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help atomic_velocities -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>V</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre> label of the atom as specified in ATOMIC_SPECIES
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul><ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>vx, vy, vz</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre> atomic velocities along x y and z direction
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help atomic_forces -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variable: </em><big><b>X</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>CHARACTER</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre> label of the atom as specified in "ATOMIC_SPECIES"
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul><ul>
|
||
<li> <em>Variables: </em><big><b>fx, fy, fz</b></big>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Type: </em>REAL</li>
|
||
<br><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<blockquote><pre>
|
||
external force on atom X (cartesian components, Ry/a.u. units)
|
||
</pre></blockquote>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help SOLVENTS_flags -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<h2>Description of SOLVENTS card's flags</h2><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li><blockquote>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>1/cell</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
solvent's densities are specified
|
||
as number of molecules in the unit cell.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>mol/L</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
solvent's densities are specified as molar concentrations.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>g/cm^3</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
solvent's densities are in gram per cm^3.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
help HUBBARD_flags -helpfmt helpdoc -helptext {
|
||
<h2>Description of HUBBARD card's flags</h2><li> <em>Description:</em>
|
||
</li><blockquote>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
<b>HUBBARD</b> options are:
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>atomic</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
use atomic orbitals (read from pseudopotential) to build the
|
||
Hubbard projectors
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>ortho-atomic</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
use Lowdin orthogonalized atomic orbitals. This option is
|
||
recommended to be used whenever possible instead of atomic
|
||
because it allows to avoid applying Hubbard corrections twice
|
||
in the orbital overlap regions.
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>norm-atomic</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
Lowdin normalization of atomic orbitals. Keep in mind:
|
||
atomic orbitals are not orthogonalized in this case.
|
||
This is a "quick and dirty" trick to be used when
|
||
atomic orbitals from the pseudopotential are not
|
||
normalized (and thus produce occupation whose
|
||
value exceeds unity).
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>wf</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
use Wannier functions to built Hubbard projectors.
|
||
The information about the Wannier functionas are read
|
||
from file "prefix".hub that must be generated using pmw.x
|
||
(see PP/src/poormanwannier.f90 for details).
|
||
Note: these are not maximally localized Wannier functions.
|
||
(see PP/examples/example05)
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<dl style="margin-left: 1.5em;">
|
||
<dt><tt><b>pseudo</b> :</tt></dt>
|
||
<dd><pre style="margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: -1em;">
|
||
use the pseudopotential projectors. The charge density
|
||
outside the atomic core radii is excluded.
|
||
N.B.: for atoms with +U, a pseudopotential with the
|
||
all-electron atomic orbitals are required (i.e.,
|
||
as generated by ld1.x with lsave_wfc flag).
|
||
</pre></dd>
|
||
</dl>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
NB: forces and stress are currently implemented only for the
|
||
'atomic', 'ortho-atomic', and 'pseudo' Hubbard projectors.
|
||
</pre>
|
||
<pre>
|
||
Check Doc/Hubbard_input.pdf to see how to specify Hubbard parameters
|
||
U, J0, J, B, E2, E3, V in the HUBBARD card.
|
||
</pre>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|